Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                  to                 

Commission file number: 001-34292

 

 

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

Pennsylvania   23-2530374

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

77 East King Street, P. O. Box 250,
Shippensburg, Pennsylvania
  17257
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (717) 532-6114

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, No Par Value   The NASDAQ Capital Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232,405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “accelerated filer,” “large accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   x
Non-accelerated filer   ¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common stock was last sold as of the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second quarter, was approximately $85 million. For purposes of this calculation, the term “affiliate” refers to all directors and executive officers of the registrant, and all persons beneficially owning more than 5% of the registrant’s common stock.

Number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Common Stock as of February 28, 2014: 8,109,818.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

FORM 10-K

INDEX

 

         Page  
Part I     
Item 1.  

Business

     2   
Item 1A.  

Risk Factors

     11   
Item 1B.  

Unresolved Staff Comments

     19   
Item 2.  

Properties

     20   
Item 3.  

Legal Proceedings

     21   
Item 4.  

Mine Safety Disclosures

     21   
Part II     
Item 5.  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     22   
Item 6.  

Selected Financial Data

     24   
Item 7.  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     26   
Item 7A.  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     62   
Item 8.  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     64   
Item 9.  

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     120   
Item 9A.  

Controls and Procedures

     120   
Item 9B.  

Other Information

     120   
Part III     
Item 10.  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     121   
Item 11.  

Executive Compensation

     121   
Item 12.  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     121   
Item 13.  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     121   
Item 14.  

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     122   
Part IV     
Item 15.  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     123   
Signatures      126   

 

1


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1 – BUSINESS

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. (the “Company”), a Pennsylvania corporation, is the holding company for Orrstown Bank (the “Bank”). The Company’s executive offices are located at 77 East King Street, Shippensburg, Pennsylvania, 17257. The Company was organized on November 17, 1987, for the purpose of acquiring the Bank and such other banks and bank related activities as are permitted by law and desirable. The Bank provides banking and bank related services through 22 offices, located in South Central Pennsylvania, principally in Cumberland, Franklin, Lancaster and Perry Counties and in Washington County, Maryland.

The Company files periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in the form of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, annual reports on Form 10-K, annual proxy statements and current reports on Form 8-K for any significant events that may arise during the year. Copies of these reports, and any amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), may be obtained free of charge through the SEC’s internet site at www.sec.gov or by accessing the Company’s website at www.orrstown.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information on our website shall not be considered a part of this Form 10-K.

History and Acquisitions

The Bank was originally organized in 1919 as a state-chartered bank. On March 8, 1988, in a bank holding company reorganization transaction, the Company acquired 100% ownership of the Bank, issuing 131,455 shares of the Company’s common stock to the former shareholders of the Bank.

On May 1, 2006, the Company completed its acquisition of The First National Bank of Newport (“First National”), a national banking institution with $120 million in assets at the time of the acquisition. The final consideration paid in the transaction to stockholders of First National consisted of approximately 699,949 shares of the Company’s common stock and $8.9 million in cash. The transaction was valued at approximately $34 million in the aggregate. As a result of this transaction, the Company added four branches located in Perry County, Pennsylvania, $120 million in assets, $72 million in loans and $106 million in deposits to its franchise. First National remained a separate subsidiary banking institution of the Company until June 15, 2007 when First National merged with and into the Bank with the Bank as the surviving institution.

Business

The Company’s primary activity consists of owning and supervising its subsidiary, the Bank. The day-to-day management of the Company is conducted by the Bank’s officers. The Company has historically derived most of its income through dividends from the Bank, however, the Bank is prohibited from paying such dividends under existing enforcement agreements (as more fully discussed below). As of December 31, 2013, the Company, on a consolidated basis, had total assets of $1,177,812,000, total shareholders’ equity of $91,439,000 and total deposits of $1,000,390,000.

The Company has no employees. Its seven officers are employees of the Bank. On December 31, 2013, the Bank had 323 full-time and 21 part-time employees.

The Bank is engaged in commercial banking and trust business as authorized by the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965. This involves accepting demand, time and savings deposits, and granting loans. The Bank grants commercial, residential, consumer and agribusiness loans in its market areas of Cumberland, Franklin, Lancaster and Perry Counties in Pennsylvania and in Washington County, Maryland. The concentrations of credit by type of loan are set forth in Note 4, “Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses” filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The Bank maintains a diversified loan portfolio and

 

2


Table of Contents

evaluates each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon the extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer pursuant to collateral standards established in the Bank’s lending policies and procedures.

Lending

All secured loans are supported with appraisals or evaluations of collateral. Business equipment and machinery, inventories, accounts receivable, and farm equipment are considered appropriate security, provided they meet acceptable standards for liquidity and marketability. Loans secured by real estate generally do not exceed 80% of the appraised value of the property. Loan to collateral values are monitored as part of the loan review process, and appraisals are updated as deemed appropriate under the circumstances.

Commercial Lending

A majority of the Company’s loan assets are loans for business purpose. Approximately 65% of the loan portfolio is comprised of commercial loans. The Bank makes commercial real estate, equipment, working capital and other commercial purpose loans as required by the broad range of borrowers across the Bank’s various markets.

The Bank’s loan policy dictates the underwriting requirements for the various types of loans the Bank would extend to borrowers. The policy covers such requirements as debt coverage ratios, advance rate against different forms of collateral, loan-to-value ratio (“LTV”) and maximum term.

Consumer Lending

The Bank provides home equity loans, home equity lines of credit and other consumer loans through its branch network. A large majority of the consumer loans are secured by either a first or second lien position on the borrower’s primary residential real estate. The Bank requires a LTV of no greater than 90% of the value of the real estate being taken as collateral. The Bank’s underwriting standards typically require that a borrower’s debt to income ratio generally cannot exceed 43%.

Residential Lending

The Bank provides residential mortgages throughout its various markets through a network of mortgage loan officers. A majority of the residential mortgages originated are sold to secondary market investors, primarily Fannie Mae and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. All mortgages, regardless of being sold or held in the Bank’s portfolio, are underwritten to secondary market industry standards for prime mortgages. The Bank requires a LTV of no greater than 80% of the value of the real estate being taken as collateral, without the borrower obtaining private mortgage insurance.

Loan Review

The Bank has a loan review policy and program which is designed to identify and mitigate risk in the lending function. The Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) Committee, comprised of executive officers and loan department personnel, is charged with the oversight of overall credit quality and risk exposure of the Bank’s loan portfolio. This includes the monitoring of the lending activities of all Bank personnel with respect to underwriting and processing new loans and the timely follow-up and corrective action for loans showing signs of deterioration in quality. The loan review program provides the Bank with an independent review of the Bank’s loan portfolio on an ongoing basis. Generally, consumer and residential mortgage loans are included in the Pass categories unless a specific action, such as extended delinquencies, bankruptcy, repossession or death of the borrower occurs, which heightens awareness as to a possible credit event.

 

3


Table of Contents

Loan reviews are completed annually on all commercial relationships with a committed loan balance in excess of $1,000,000. Loan review documentation is submitted to the ERM Committee no less than quarterly with a formal review and confirmation of risk rating as presented by independent loan review personnel. In addition, all relationships greater than $250,000 rated Substandard, Doubtful or Loss are reviewed by the ERM Committee on a quarterly basis, with reaffirmation of the rating as approved by the Bank’s Loan Work Out Committee or loan review staff.

The Bank outsources its independent loan review to a third party provider, which continually monitors and evaluates loan customers utilizing risk-rating criteria established in the loan policy in order to identify deteriorating trends and detect conditions which might indicate potential problem loans. The third party loan review firm reports the results of the loan reviews quarterly to the ERM Committee for approval and provides the basis for evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

Orrstown Financial Advisors (“OFA”)

Through its trust department, the Bank renders services as trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, managing agent, custodian, investment advisor, and other fiduciary activities authorized by law under the trade name “Orrstown Financial Advisors.” OFA offers retail brokerage services through a third party broker/dealer arrangement with Financial Network Investment Company (“FNIC”). As of December 31, 2013, trust assets under management were $1,085,216,000.

Regulation and Supervision

The Company is a bank holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) and has elected status as a financial holding company. As a registered bank holding company and financial holding company, the Company is subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHC Act”) and to inspection, examination, and supervision by the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia (the “Federal Reserve Bank”).

The Bank is a Pennsylvania-chartered commercial bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System. As such, the operations of the Bank are subject to federal and state statutes applicable to banks chartered under Pennsylvania law, to FRB member banks and to banks whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Bank’s operations are also subject to regulations of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking (“PDB”), the FRB and the FDIC.

Several of the more significant regulatory provisions applicable to banks and bank holding companies to which the Company and the Bank are subject are discussed below, along with certain regulatory matters concerning the Company and the Bank. To the extent that the following information describes statutory or regulatory provisions, such information is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutes or regulations. Any change in applicable law or regulation may have a material effect on the business and prospects of the Company and the Bank.

Enforcement

On March 22, 2012, the Company and the Bank entered into a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank and the Bank entered into a Consent Order with the PDB.

Pursuant to the Written Agreement, the Company and the Bank agreed to, among other things: (i) adopt and implement a plan, acceptable to the Federal Reserve Bank, to strengthen oversight of management and operations; (ii) adopt and implement a plan, acceptable to the Federal Reserve Bank, to reduce the Bank’s interest in criticized and classified assets; (iii) adopt a plan, acceptable to the Federal Reserve Bank, to strengthen the Bank’s credit risk management practices; (iv) adopt and implement a program, acceptable to the Federal

 

4


Table of Contents

Reserve Bank, for the maintenance of an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses; (v) adopt and implement a written plan, acceptable to the Federal Reserve Bank, to maintain sufficient capital on a consolidated basis for the Company and on a stand-alone basis for the Bank; and (vi) revise the Bank’s loan underwriting and credit administration policies. The Bank and the Company also agreed not to declare or pay any dividend without prior approval from the Federal Reserve Bank, and the Company agreed not to incur or increase debt or to redeem any outstanding shares without prior Federal Reserve Bank approval.

Pursuant to the Consent Order, the Bank agreed to, among other things, subject to review and approval by the PDB, (i) adopt and implement a plan to strengthen oversight of management and operations; (ii) adopt and implement a plan to reduce the Bank’s interest in criticized and classified assets; (iii) adopt and implement a program for the maintenance of an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses; (iv) and adopt and implement a capital plan which includes specific benchmark capital ratios to be met at each quarter end; and (v) adopt a plan to strengthen the Bank’s credit risk management practices. The Bank also agreed not to declare or pay any dividend without prior approval of the PDB.

The Company and the Bank have developed and continues to implement strategies and action plans to meet the requirements of the Written Agreement and the Consent Order. As part of its efforts on complying with the terms of the Written Agreement and the Consent Order, the Bank has filed a capital plan with the Federal Reserve Bank and the PDB.

The Written Agreement will continue until terminated by the Federal Reserve Bank, and the Consent Order will continue until terminated by the PDB. The foregoing description of the Written Agreement and Consent Order are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual agreements which are attached as Exhibits 10.12 and Exhibit 10.13, respectively, and incorporated herein by this reference.

Additional regulatory restrictions require prior approval before appointing or changing the responsibilities of directors and executive officers, entering into any employment agreement or other agreement or plan providing for the payment of a “golden parachute payment” or the making of any golden parachute payment.

Financial and Bank Holding Company Activities

In general, the BHC Act and the FRB’s regulations limit the nonbanking activities permissible for bank holding companies to those activities that the FRB has determined to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks to be a proper incident thereto. A bank holding company that elects to be treated as a financial holding company, such as the Company, however, may engage in, and acquire companies engaged in, activities that are considered “financial in nature,” as defined by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and FRB regulations. For a bank holding company to be eligible to elect financial holding company status, the holding company must be both “well capitalized” or “well managed” under applicable regulatory standards and all of its subsidiary banks must be “well-capitalized” and “well-managed” and must have received at least a satisfactory rating on such institution’s most recent examination under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the “CRA”). A financial holding company that continues to meet all of such requirements may engage directly or indirectly in activities considered financial in nature, either de novo or by acquisition, as long as it gives the FRB after-the-fact notice of the new activities. If a financial holding company fails to continue to meet any of the prerequisites for financial holding company status after engaging in activities not permissible for bank holding companies that have not elected to be treated as financial holding companies, the company must enter into an agreement with the FRB that it will comply with all applicable capital and management requirements. If the financial holding company does not return to compliance within 180 days, or such longer period as agreed to by the FRB, the FRB may order the company to discontinue existing activities that are not generally permissible for bank holding companies or divest the company’s investments in companies engaged in such activities. In addition, if any banking subsidiary of a financial holding company receives a CRA rating of less than satisfactory, the company would be prohibited from engaging in any additional activities other than those permissible for bank holding companies that are not financial holding companies.

 

5


Table of Contents

FDIC Insurance and Assessments

The Bank’s deposits are insured to applicable limits by the FDIC. Under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), the maximum deposit insurance amount was permanently increased from $100,000 to $250,000.

The FDIC has adopted a risk-based premium system that provides for quarterly assessments based on an insured institution’s ranking in one of four risk categories based on their examination ratings and capital ratios. Within its risk category, an institution is assigned an initial base assessment which is then adjusted to determine its final assessment rate based on its level of brokered deposits, secured liabilities and unsecured debt.

The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to take such steps as necessary to increase the reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits by 2020. In setting the assessments, the FDIC is required to offset the effect of the higher reserve ratio against insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion. The Dodd-Frank Act also broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments so that assessments will be based on the average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity capital of a financial institution rather than on its insured deposits. The FDIC has adopted a restoration plan to increase the reserve ratio to 1.15% by September 30, 2020 with additional rulemaking scheduled regarding the method to be used to achieve a 1.35% reserve ratio by that date and offset the effect on institutions with less than $10 billion in assets.

Pursuant to these requirements, the FDIC adopted new assessment regulations effective April 1, 2011 that redefined the assessment base as average consolidated assets less average tangible equity. Insured banks with more than $1.0 billion in assets must calculate quarterly average assets based on daily balances while smaller banks and newly chartered banks may use weekly averages. Average assets would be reduced by goodwill and other intangibles. Average tangible equity equals Tier 1 capital. For institutions with more than $1.0 billion in assets, average tangible equity is calculated on a weekly basis while smaller institutions may use the quarter-end balance. The base assessment rate for insured institutions in Risk Category I will range between 5 to 9 basis points and for institutions in Risk Categories II, III, and IV will be 14, 23 and 35 basis points. An institution’s assessment rate will be reduced based on the amount of its outstanding unsecured long-term debt and for institutions in Risk Categories II, III and IV may be increased based on their brokered deposits.

Liability for Banking Subsidiaries

Under the Dodd-Frank Act and applicable FRB policy, a bank holding company such as the Company is expected to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to each of its subsidiary banks and to commit resources to their support. This support may be required at times when the bank holding company may not have the resources to provide it. Similarly, under the cross-guarantee provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”), the FDIC can hold any FDIC-insured depository institution liable for any loss suffered or anticipated by the FDIC in connection with (1) the “default” of a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution; or (2) any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution “in danger of default.”

Pennsylvania Banking Law

The Pennsylvania Banking Code (“Banking Code”) contains detailed provisions governing the organization, location of offices, rights and responsibilities of directors, officers, and employees, as well as corporate powers, savings and investment operations and other aspects of the Bank and its affairs. The Banking Code delegates extensive rule-making power and administrative discretion to the PDB so that the supervision and regulation of state chartered banks may be flexible and readily responsive to changes in economic conditions and in savings and lending practices.

 

6


Table of Contents

The FDIA, however, prohibits state chartered banks from making new investments, loans, or becoming involved in activities as principal and equity investments which are not permitted for national banks unless (1) the FDIC determines the activity or investment does not pose a significant risk of loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund and (2) the bank meets all applicable capital requirements. Accordingly, the additional operating authority provided to the Bank by the Banking Code is significantly restricted by the FDIA.

Dividend Restrictions

The Company’s funding for cash distributions to its shareholders is derived from a variety of sources, including cash and temporary investments. One of the principal sources of those funds has historically been dividends received from the Bank. Various federal and state laws limit the amount of dividends the Bank can pay to the Company without regulatory approval. In addition, federal bank regulatory agencies have authority to prohibit the Bank from engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice in conducting its business. The payment of dividends, depending upon the financial condition of the bank in question, could be deemed to constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends in the future is currently, and could be further, influenced by bank regulatory policies and capital guidelines. Additional information concerning the Company and the Bank with respect to dividends is incorporated by reference from the risk factors entitled “The Company is subject to restrictions and conditions of formal agreements issued by the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. Failure to comply with these formal agreements could result in additional enforcement action against us, including the imposition of monetary penalties” and “The Company discontinued its quarterly cash dividend and suspended the stock repurchase program based on regulatory requirements” included under Item 1A of this report and Note 15, “Restrictions on Dividends, Loans and Advances,” of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included under Item 8 of this report, and the “Capital Adequacy and Regulatory Matters” section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Consolidated Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included under Item 7 of this report.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

Information concerning the compliance of the Company and the Bank with respect to capital requirements is incorporated by reference from Note 14, “Shareholders’ Equity and Regulatory Capital,” of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included under Item 8 of this report, and from the “Capital Adequacy and Regulatory Matters” section of the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Consolidated Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included under Item 7 of this report.

Basel III Capital Rules

In July 2013, the Company and Bank’s primary federal regulator, the FRB, approved final rules (the “Basel III Capital Rules”) establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations, including community banks, which also incorporate provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Basel III Capital Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and depository institutions, including the Company and Bank, compared to existing U.S. risk-based capital rules. The Basel III Capital Rules define the components of capital and address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios, addresses risk weights and other issues affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the current risk-weighting approach. The Basel III Capital Rules are effective for the Company and Bank on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period).

The Basel III Capital Rules, among other things, (i) introduce a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”), (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consist of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) define CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions/adjustments from capital as compared to existing regulations.

 

7


Table of Contents

When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Basel III Capital Rules will require the Company and Bank to maintain (i) a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the 4.5% CET1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7% upon full implementation), (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation), (iii) a minimum ratio of Total capital (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation) and (iv) a minimum leverage ratio of 4%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average assets.

The aforementioned capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the conservation buffer (or below the combined capital conservation buffer and countercyclical capital buffer, when the latter is applied) may face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and discretionary bonuses to executive officers based on the amount of the shortfall.

Under the Basel III Capital Rules, the initial minimum capital ratios as of January 1, 2015 will be as follows:

 

    4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;

 

    6.0% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets; and

 

    8.0% Total capital to risk-weighted assets.

The Basel III Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1. Under current capital standards, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income items included in capital are excluded for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios. Under the Basel III Capital Rules, the effects of certain accumulated other comprehensive items are not excluded; however, the Company and Bank, may make a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items. The Company and Bank are still evaluating the benefits and limitations of making this election, and have not yet concluded if they will take advantage of the election.

Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 will begin on January 1, 2015 and will be phased-in over a 4-year period (beginning at 40% on January 1, 2015 and an additional 20% per year thereafter until fully phased-in at January 1, 2018). The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and be phased in over a four-year period (increasing by that amount on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019).

With respect to the Bank, the Basel III Capital Rules also revise the “prompt corrective action” regulations pursuant to Section 38 of the FDIA, by (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each level (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each category (other than critically undercapitalized), with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8% (as compared to the current 6%), and (iii) eliminating the current provision that provides that a bank with a composite supervisory rating of 1 may have a 3% leverage ratio and still be adequately capitalized. The Basel III Capital Rules do not change the total risk-based capital requirement for any prompt corrective action category.

The Basel III Capital Rules prescribe a standardized approach for risk weightings that expands the risk-weighting categories from the current four categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a much larger and more risk-

 

8


Table of Contents

sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories. Significant changes to current rules that will impact the Company’s determination of risk-weighted assets include, among other things:

 

    Applying a 150% risk weight for certain high volatility commercial real estate acquisition, development and construction loans, compared to 100% risk weight currently in place;

 

    Assigning a 150% risk weight to exposures (other than residential mortgage exposures) that are 90 days past due or in nonaccrual status, compared to 100% risk weight currently in place; and

 

    Providing for a 20% credit conversion factor for the unused portion of a commitment with an original maturity of one year or less that is not unconditionally cancellable, compared to 0% currently in place.

Management is currently evaluating the impact that the Basel III Capital Rules, on a fully phased-in basis, will have on our capital levels. Management anticipates that it will be in compliance with the phased in rules.

Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection

The Dodd-Frank Act created an independent regulatory body, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (“Bureau”), with authority and responsibility to set rules and regulations for most consumer protection laws applicable to all banks, including the Company. The Bureau has responsibility for mortgage reform and enforcement, as well as broad new powers over consumer financial activities which could impact what consumer financial services would be available and how they are provided.

In late 2012, the Bureau formed a Community Bank Advisory Council. Representatives were drawn from small-to-medium-sized community banks to engage in discussions on how smaller institutions help level the playing field for consumers experiencing difficulty in managing their money and what opportunities and challenges exist in mortgage lending for small institutions. The Bureau has developed prototype designs for various disclosures and agreements and invited the public and financial industry to review and comment on what works. Their website (www.consumerfinance.gov) serves as a public information resource on laws and regulations, assistance with financial questions, participation with projects or initiatives, and submission of complaints. The Bureau has positioned itself to serve as a resource for submission of complaints and to provide help to consumers with complaints regarding credit cards, mortgages, student loans, checking accounts, savings accounts, credit reporting, bank services, and other consumer loans. Guidance and consumer tips on various financial topics have been issued since 2012 in blogs on the Bureau’s website.

Significant final mortgage rules were issued by the Bureau in January 2013 most with mandatory effective dates in January 2014. These rules were mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act provisions enacted in response to the breakdown in the mortgage lending markets and to provide for consumer protections. The following rules are intended to address problems consumers face in the three major steps in buying a home – shopping for a mortgage, closing on a mortgage, and paying off a mortgage.

Ability-to-Repay (“ATR”) and Qualified Mortgage (“QM”) rules were designed to address concerns that residential mortgage borrowers received loans for which they had no ability to repay. The ATR final rule requires a creditor to make “a reasonable and good faith determination at or before closing that the consumer will have a reasonable ability, at the time of consummation, to repay the loan, according to its terms, including any mortgage-related obligations.” The ATR standards require consideration of eight specific underwriting factors. Information used must be documented and verified using reasonably reliable third-party records. The ATR rule provides for a wide variety of documents and sources of information that can be used and relied on to determine ATR. In addition, the ATR rules included provisions that create a legal advantage for lenders for loans that are qualified mortgages. A QM must have a fully amortizing payment, have a term of 30 years or less, and not have points and fees that exceed certain thresholds depending on the total loan amount. Safe Harbor QM loans are lower priced loans that meet QM requirements. Loans satisfying the QM requirements will be entitled to liability

 

9


Table of Contents

protection from damage claims and defenses by borrowers based on an asserted failure to meet ATR requirements. Rebuttable Presumption QM loans are higher-priced loans that meet QM requirements and provide liability protection to a lesser degree from damage claims and defense by borrowers based on asserted failure to meet ATR requirements.

Loan servicing has become a key focus, especially when loan workouts and modifications are involved. New mortgage servicing rules effective in January 2014 implement new provisions regarding servicing standards. These new standards seek to ensure similar borrowers who default or become delinquent are treated in a similar, consistent manner. The Bank presently services 5,000 or fewer mortgage loans which it owns or originated, so it is considered a “Small Servicer” and is exempt from certain parts of the Mortgage Servicing Rules. The mortgage servicing requirements applicable to the Bank’s servicing operations under the new mortgage servicing rules are as follows: 1) adjustable rate mortgage interest rate adjustment notices; 2) prompt payment crediting and payoff statements; 3) limits on force-placed insurance; 4) responses to written information requests and complaints of errors; 5) loss mitigation with regard to the first notice or filing for a foreclosure and no foreclosure proceedings if a borrower is performing pursuant to the terms of a loss mitigation agreement.

Other Federal Laws and Regulations

The Company’s operations are subject to additional federal laws and regulations applicable to financial institutions, including, without limitation:

 

    Privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and related regulations, which require us to maintain privacy policies intended to safeguard customer financial information, to disclose the policies to our customers and to allow customers to “opt out” of having their financial service providers disclose their confidential financial information to non-affiliated third parties, subject to certain exceptions;

 

    Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

    Consumer protection rules for the sale of insurance products by depository institutions, adopted pursuant to the requirements of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act; and

 

    USA PATRIOT Act, which requires financial institutions to take certain actions to help prevent, detect and prosecute international money laundering and the financing of terrorism.

Future Legislation and Regulation

Changes to the laws and regulations in the states where the Company and the Bank do business can affect the operating environment of both the Company and the Bank in substantial and unpredictable ways. The Company cannot accurately predict whether those changes in laws and regulations will occur, and, if those changes occur, the ultimate effect they would have upon the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. This is also true of federal legislation, particularly given the current challenging economic environment.

NASDAQ Capital Market

The Company’s common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the trading symbol “ORRF” and is subject to NASDAQ’s rules for listed companies.

Forward Looking Statements

Additional information concerning the Company and the Bank with respect to forward looking statements is incorporated by reference from the “Caution About Forward Looking Statements” section of the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included in this report under Item 7.

 

10


Table of Contents

Competition

The Bank’s principal market area consists of Cumberland County, Franklin County, Lancaster County, and Perry County, Pennsylvania, and Washington County, Maryland. The Bank services a substantial number of depositors in this market area and contiguous counties, with the greatest concentration in Chambersburg, Shippensburg, and Carlisle, Pennsylvania and the surrounding areas.

The Bank, like other depository institutions, has been subjected to competition from less heavily regulated entities such as credit unions, brokerage firms, money market funds, consumer finance and credit card companies, and other commercial banks, many of which are larger than the Bank. The principal methods of competing effectively in the financial services industry include improving customer service through the quality and range of services provided, improving efficiencies and pricing services competitively. The Bank is competitive with the financial institutions in its service areas with respect to interest rates paid on time and savings deposits, service charges on deposit accounts and interest rates charged on loans.

The Bank continues to implement strategic initiatives focused on expanding our core businesses and to explore, on an ongoing basis, acquisition, divestiture, and joint venture opportunities to the extent permitted by our regulators. We analyze each of our products and businesses in the context of shareholder return, customer demands, competitive advantages, industry dynamics, and growth potential.

ITEM 1A – RISK FACTORS

Our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by various factors, many of which are beyond our control. These risk factors include the following:

The Company is subject to restrictions and conditions of formal agreements issued by the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. Failure to comply with these formal agreements could result in additional enforcement action against us, including the imposition of monetary penalties.

In March 2012, the Company entered into a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia and a Consent Order with the Pennsylvania Department of Banking (PDB). These formal agreements require the Company to discontinue a number of practices and to take a number of actions. In particular, we agreed with the Federal Reserve Bank to, among other things, prepare and submit plans regarding: (i) strengthening of credit risk management practices and underwriting, (ii) the repayment or disposition of properties classified as OREO and nonperforming or criticized assets, (iii) the allowance for loan loss methodology, (iv) capital, and (v) a management review. These formal agreements also restrict the ability of the Company and the Bank to pay dividends, to repurchase stock or to incur indebtedness without prior regulatory approval. We intend to fully comply with the formal agreements. However, if we fail to comply, the Federal Reserve Bank and/or the PDB could take additional enforcement action against the Company. Possible enforcement actions could include the issuance of a cease and desist order that could be judicially enforced, the imposition of civil monetary penalties, the issuance of directives to increase capital or to enter into a strategic transaction, whether by merger or otherwise, with a third party, the appointment of a conservator or receiver, the termination of insurance of deposits, the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties and the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders. Any remedial measure or further enforcement action, whether formal or informal, could impose restrictions on our ability to operate our business, harm our reputation and our ability to retain and attract customers, adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations and impact the trading price of our common stock.

We have incurred and expect to continue to incur additional regulatory compliance expense in connection with these formal agreements. Such additional regulatory compliance costs could have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, deviations from our business plan will likely have to be approved by the regulators, which could limit our ability to make any changes to our business. This could negatively impact the scope and flexibility of our business activities.

 

11


Table of Contents

The Company may not be able to pay any cash dividends or conduct any stock repurchases for the foreseeable future.

The Company is a bank holding company regulated by the FRB. In October 2011, the Company announced it had discontinued its quarterly dividend, which was the result of regulatory guidance from the FRB indicating that the Company’s dividend application would not be approved. Due to subsequent regulatory restrictions included in the formal agreements with our regulators discussed above, the Company is restricted from paying any dividends or repurchasing any stock without prior regulatory approval. Accordingly, we do not anticipate being able to pay any cash dividends or conducting any stock repurchases until such time as the agreements are lifted.

The Company is a holding company dependent for liquidity on payments from the Bank, its sole subsidiary, which is subject to restrictions.

The Company is a holding company and depends on dividends, distributions and other payments from the Bank to fund dividend payments, if permitted, and to fund all payments on obligations. The Bank is subject to laws that restrict dividend payments or authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of funds from it to us. Pursuant to the terms of the formal agreements we entered into with the Federal Reserve Bank and the PDB in March 2012, as discussed above, any dividend or similar payment from the Bank to us may only be made with prior regulatory approval. In addition, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon the Bank’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the Bank’s creditors.

The Company may be required to make further increases in the provisions for loan losses and to charge off additional loans in the future, which could materially adversely affect it.

There is no precise method of predicting loan losses and the required level of reserves, and related provision for loan losses, can fluctuate from year to year, based on charge-offs (recoveries), loan volumes, credit administration practices, and local and national economic conditions, among other factors. For 2013, we recorded a negative provision for loan losses of $3,150,000. The Company also recorded net loan recoveries of $949,000 in 2013 compared to net charge-offs of $68,849,000 in 2012. Risk elements, including nonperforming loans, troubled debt restructurings, loans greater than 90 days past due still accruing, and other real estate owned totaled $26,322,000 at December 31, 2013. The allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, represents management’s best estimate of probable incurred losses within the existing portfolio of loans. The level of the allowance reflects management’s evaluation of, among other factors, the status of specific impaired loans, trends in historical loss experience, delinquency, credit concentrations and economic conditions within our market area. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses.

In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase the provision for loan losses or to recognize further loan charge-offs, based on judgments that differ from those of management. If loan charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, there could be a need to record additional provisions to increase our allowance for loan losses. Furthermore, growth in the loan portfolio would generally lead to an increase in the provision for loan losses. Generally, increases in our allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and stockholders’ equity, and may have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company, results of operations and cash flows.

The allowance for loan losses was 3.12% of total loans and 83% of nonaccrual and restructured loans still accruing at December 31, 2013, compared to 3.29% of total loans and 110% of nonaccrual and restructured loans

 

12


Table of Contents

still accruing at December 31, 2012. Material additions to the allowance could materially decrease our net income. In addition, at December 31, 2013, the top 25 lending relationships individually had commitments in excess of $190,000,000, and a total outstanding loan balance of nearly $167,000,000, or 28% of the loan portfolio. The deterioration of one or more of these loans could result in a significant increase in the nonperforming loans and the provisions for loan losses, which would negatively impact our results of operations.

Difficult economic and market conditions have adversely affected the financial services industry and may continue to materially and adversely affect the Company.

We are operating in a challenging economic environment, including generally uncertain national and local conditions. Additional concerns from some of the countries in the European Union and elsewhere have also strained the financial markets both abroad and domestically. Although there has been some improvement in the overall global macroeconomic conditions in 2013, financial institutions continue to be affected by conditions in the real estate market and the constrained financial markets. In recent years, declines in the housing market, increases in unemployment and under-employment have negatively impacted the credit performance of loans and resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, including the Bank. Reflecting concern over economic conditions, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced or ceased providing funding to borrowers. While the Company saw some improvement in 2013, there continued to be stress on the Bank’s portfolio. A worsening of economic conditions may further impact the Bank’s results of operations and financial condition. In particular, we may face the following risks in connection with these events:

 

    Loan delinquencies could increase further;

 

    Problem assets and foreclosures could increase further;

 

    Demand for our products and services could decline;

 

    Collateral for loans made by us, especially real estate, could decline further in value, in turn reducing a customer’s borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with our loans; and

 

    Investments in mortgage-backed securities could decline in value as a result of performance of the underlying loans or the diminution of the value of the underlying real estate collateral pressing the government sponsored agencies to honor its guarantees to principal and interest.

As these conditions or similar ones continue to exist or worsen, we may experience continuing or increased adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations.

Governmental regulation and regulatory actions against us may impair our operations or restrict our growth.

The Company is subject to regulation and supervision under federal and state laws and regulations. The requirements and limitations imposed by such laws and regulations limit the manner in which we conduct our business, undertake new investments and activities and obtain financing. These regulations are designed primarily for the protection of the deposit insurance funds and consumers and not to benefit our shareholders. Financial institution regulation has been the subject of significant legislation in recent years and may be the subject of further significant legislation in the future, none of which is within our control. Federal and state regulatory agencies also frequently adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied or enforced. The Company cannot predict the substance or impact of pending or future legislation, regulation or the application thereof. Compliance with such current and potential regulation and scrutiny may significantly increase our costs, impede the efficiency of our internal business processes, require us to increase our regulatory capital and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner. Bank regulations can hinder our ability to compete with financial services companies that are not regulated in the same manner or are subject to less regulation.

 

13


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act may affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions affecting large and small financial institutions, including several provisions that will profoundly affect how community banks and bank holding companies will be regulated in the future. Among other things, these provisions relax rules regarding interstate branching, allow financial institutions to pay interest on business checking accounts, change the scope of federal deposit insurance coverage and impose new capital requirements on bank holding companies. Many of the requirements called for in the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time and most will be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on our operations is unclear.

The Dodd-Frank Act also created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets will be examined by their applicable bank regulators.

The Company may be required to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act. Failure to comply with the new requirements may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. While the Company cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us, these changes could be materially adverse to our investors.

The repeal of federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits could increase our interest expense and reduce our net interest margin.

All federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts were repealed as part of the Dodd-Frank Act. As a result, beginning on July 21, 2011, financial institutions could commence offering interest on demand deposits to compete for clients. We do not know what interest rates or products other institutions may offer. Our interest expense could increase and our net interest margin could decrease if we begin offering interest on demand deposits to attract additional customers or maintain current customers. Consequently, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

Changes in interest rates could adversely impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Operating income, net income and liquidity depend to a great extent on our net interest margin, i.e., the difference between the interest yields we receive on loans, securities and other interest earning assets and the interest rates we pay on interest-bearing deposits, borrowings and other liabilities. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including competition, general economic conditions and monetary and fiscal policies of various governmental and regulatory authorities, including the Board of Governors of the FRB. If the rate of interest we pay on our interest-bearing deposits, borrowings and other liabilities increases more than the rate of interest we receive on loans, securities and other interest earning assets, our net interest income, and therefore our earnings, and liquidity could be materially adversely affected. Our earnings and liquidity could also be materially adversely affected if the rates on our loans, securities and other investments fall more quickly than those on our deposits, borrowings and other liabilities. Our operations are subject to risks and uncertainties surrounding our exposure to changes in the interest rate environment.

 

14


Table of Contents

Additionally, based on an analysis of the interest rate sensitivity of the Company’s assets, an increase in the general level of interest rates will negatively affect the market value of the investment portfolio because of the relatively long duration of certain securities included in the investment portfolio.

Changes in interest rates also can affect: (1) the ability to originate loans; (2) the value of interest-earning assets, which would negatively impact stockholders’ equity, and the ability to realize gains from the sale of such assets; (3) the ability to obtain and retain deposits in competition with other available investment alternatives; and (4) the ability of borrowers to repay adjustable or variable rate loans.

Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Market developments significantly depleted the insurance fund of the FDIC and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. As a result, the Company may be required to pay significantly higher premiums or additional special assessments or taxes that could adversely affect earnings. We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that are required to be paid for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures, the Company may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the levels currently imposed. Any future increases or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums may materially adversely affect the results of operations.

Because our business is concentrated in South Central Pennsylvania and Washington County, Maryland, our financial performance could be materially adversely affected by economic conditions and real estate values in these market areas.

Our operations and the properties securing our loans are primarily located in South Central Pennsylvania and in Washington County, Maryland. Our operating results depend largely on economic conditions and real estate valuations in these and surrounding areas. A further deterioration in the economic conditions in these market areas could materially adversely affect our operations and increase loan delinquencies, increase problem assets and foreclosures, increase claims and lawsuits, decrease the demand for our products and services and decrease the value of collateral securing loans, especially real estate, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power, the value of assets associated with nonperforming loans and collateral coverage.

Commercial real estate lending may expose us to a greater risk of loss and impact our earnings and profitability.

Our business strategy involves making loans secured by commercial real estate. These types of loans generally have higher risk-adjusted returns and shorter maturities than other loans. Loans secured by commercial real estate properties are generally for larger amounts and may involve a greater degree of risk than other loans. Payments on loans secured by these properties are often dependent on the income produced by the underlying properties which, in turn, depends on the successful operation and management of the properties. Accordingly, repayment of these loans is subject to conditions in the real estate market or the local economy. Because of the current challenging economic environment, these loans represent higher risk, could result in an increase in our total net-charge offs and could require us to increase our allowance for loan losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. While we seek to minimize these risks in a variety of ways, there can be no assurance that these measures will protect against credit-related losses.

The Company is required to make a number of judgments in applying accounting policies and different estimates and assumptions in the application of these policies could result in a decrease in capital and/or other material changes to the reports of financial condition and results of operations. Also, changes in accounting standards can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how the Company records and reports our financial condition and results of operations.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, accounting for income taxes and the ability to recognize the deferred tax asset, and the

 

15


Table of Contents

fair value of certain financial instruments, in particular securities. While we have identified those accounting policies that are considered critical and have procedures in place to facilitate the associated judgments, different assumptions in the application of these policies could result in a decrease to net income and, possibly, capital and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board changes the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations.

Competition from other banks and financial institutions in originating loans, attracting deposits and providing various financial services may adversely affect profitability and liquidity.

We have substantial competition in originating loans, both commercial and consumer loans, in our market area. This competition comes principally from other banks, savings institutions, credit unions, mortgage banking companies and other lenders. Some of our competitors enjoy advantages, including greater financial resources, and higher lending limits, a wider geographic presence, more accessible branch office locations, the ability to offer a wider array of services or more favorable pricing alternatives, as well as lower origination and operating costs. This competition could reduce our net income and liquidity by decreasing the number and size of loans that we originate and the interest rates we may charge on these loans.

In attracting business and consumer deposits, we face substantial competition from other insured depository institutions such as banks, savings institutions and credit unions, as well as institutions offering uninsured investment alternatives, including money market funds. Some of our competitors enjoy advantages, more aggressive marketing campaigns, better brand recognition and more branch locations. These competitors may offer higher interest rates than we do, which could decrease the deposits that we attract or require us to increase our rates to retain existing deposits or attract new deposits. Increased deposit competition could materially adversely affect our ability to generate the funds necessary for lending operations. As a result, we may need to seek other sources of funds that may be more expensive to obtain and could increase our cost of funds.

The Company’s business strategy includes the continuation of moderate growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.

Our assets increased $126,029,000, or 12.0% from $1,051,783,000 at January 1, 2009, to $1,177,812,000 at December 31, 2013, primarily due to organic growth through increases in residential mortgage loans and commercial real estate loans and securities available for sale funded by growth in deposits. Over the long term, we expect to continue to experience growth in the amount of our assets, the level of our deposits and the scale of our operations. Achieving our growth targets requires us to successfully execute our business strategies, which include continuing to grow our loan portfolio. Our ability to successfully grow will also depend on the continued availability of loan opportunities that meet underwriting standards. In addition, since our asset quality metrics have returned closer to historical levels, we may consider the acquisition of other financial institutions and branches within or outside of our market area to the extent permitted by our regulators, the success of which will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to integrate the acquired branches into the current operations of the Company, our ability to limit the outflow of deposits held by customers of the acquired institution or branch locations, our ability to control the incremental increase in non-interest expense arising from any acquisition and our ability to retain and integrate the appropriate personnel of the acquired institution or branches. We believe we have the resources and internal systems in place to successfully achieve and manage our future growth. If we do not manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to achieve our business plan, and our business and prospects could be harmed.

 

16


Table of Contents

If the Company wants to, or is compelled to, raise additional capital in the future, that capital may not be available when it is needed and on terms favorable to current shareholders.

Federal banking regulators require us and our banking subsidiaries to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. These capital levels are determined and dictated by law, regulation and banking regulatory agencies. In addition, capital levels are also determined by our management and board of directors based on capital levels that, they believe, are necessary to support our business operations. At December 31, 2013, all three capital ratios for us and our banking subsidiary were above regulatory minimum levels to be deemed “well capitalized” under current bank regulatory guidelines. To be “well capitalized,” banking companies generally must maintain a tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%.

The Company’s ability to raise additional capital will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise additional capital on terms and time frames acceptable to us or to raise additional capital at all. Additionally, the inability to raise capital in sufficient amounts may adversely affect our operations, financial condition and results of operations. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are nonspecific to us, such as severe disruption of the financial markets or negative news and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole as evidenced by recent turmoil in the domestic and worldwide credit markets. If we raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other securities, we would likely dilute the ownership interests of current investors and the price at which we issue additional shares of stock could be less than the current market price of our common stock and, thus, could dilute the per share book value and earnings per share of our common stock. Furthermore, a capital raise through the issuance of additional shares may have an adverse impact on our stock price.

The short-term and long-term impact of the changing regulatory capital requirements and anticipated new capital rules is uncertain.

In July 2013, the Company and Bank’s primary federal regulator, the Federal Reserve Bank, approved final Basel III Capital Rules establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations, including community banks, which also incorporate provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Basel III Capital Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and depository institutions, including the Company and Bank, compared to existing U.S. risk-based capital rules. The Basel III Capital Rules define the components of capital and address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios, addresses risk weights and other issues affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the current risk-weighting approach. The Basel III Capital Rules are effective for the Company and Bank on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period).

The Basel III Capital Rules, among other things, (i) introduce a new capital measure called CET1, (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consist of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) define CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions/adjustments from capital as compared to existing regulations. When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Basel III Capital Rules will require the Company and Bank to maintain (i) a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the 4.5% CET1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7% upon full implementation), (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation), (iii) a minimum ratio of Total capital (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation) and (iv) a minimum leverage ratio of 4%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average assets.

 

17


Table of Contents

The application of more stringent capital requirements to the Company and the Bank could, among other things, result in lower returns on invested capital, result in the need for additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements. Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of Basel III could result in our having to lengthen the term of our funding, restructure our business models, and/or increase our holdings of liquid assets. Implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk based capital calculations, items included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital and/or additional capital conservation buffers could result in management modifying its business strategy and could limit our ability to make distributions, including paying out dividends or buying back shares.

The Company may be adversely affected by technological advances.

Technological advances impact our business. The banking industry is undergoing technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to improving customer services, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success may depend, in part, on our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional efficiencies in operations.

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect the Company.

Our ability to engage in routine funding and other transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have historically led to market-wide liquidity problems, losses of depositor, creditor and counterparty confidence and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. We could experience increases in deposits and assets as a result of other banks’ difficulties or failure, which would increase the capital we need to support such growth.

An interruption or breach in security with respect to our information system, or our outsourced service providers, could adversely impact the Company’s reputation and have an adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

We rely on software, communication, and information exchange on a variety of computing platforms and networks and over the Internet. Despite numerous safeguards, we cannot be certain that all of our systems are entirely free from vulnerability to attack or other technological difficulties or failures. We rely on the services of a variety of vendors to meet our data processing and communication needs. If information security is breached or other technology difficulties or failures occur, information may be lost or misappropriated, services and operations may be interrupted and we could be exposed to claims from customers. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Pending litigation and legal proceedings and the impact of any finding of liability or damages could adversely impact the Company and its financial condition and results of operations.

We have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions or other proceedings arising in connection with our activities as a financial services institution. Certain of these actions include and future actual or threatened legal actions may include claims for substantial and indeterminate amounts of damages, or may result in other results adverse to us. Legal liability could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause us reputational harm, which could harm our business. For more information regarding legal proceedings in which we are involved, see “Legal Proceedings” in Part I, Item 3 herein.

 

18


Table of Contents

The Company may not be able to attract and retain skilled people.

The Company’s success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain skilled people. We recently experienced significant turnover among our senior officers and salary increases, bonuses, and other compensation for our senior executives has been frozen in recent years. Competition for the best people in most activities engaged in by us can be intense, and we may not be able to attract and hire sufficiently skilled people to fill open and newly created positions or to retain current or future employees. An inability to attract and retain individuals with the necessary skills to fill open positions, or the unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key personnel, could have a material adverse impact on our business due to the loss of their skills, knowledge of our markets, years of industry experience or the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.

The market price of our common stock has been subject to extreme volatility.

The market price of the Company’s common stock has been subject to wide fluctuations in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include actual or anticipated variations in our operational results and cash flows, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts, trading volume, large purchases or sales of our common stock, market conditions within the banking industry, the general state of the securities markets and the market for stocks of financial institutions, as well as general economic conditions.

ITEM 1B – UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

19


Table of Contents

ITEM 2 – PROPERTIES

The Bank owns and leases properties in Cumberland, Franklin, Lancaster and Perry Counties, Pennsylvania and Washington County, Maryland as branch banking offices and an operations center. The Company and the Bank maintain headquarters at the Bank’s King Street Office in Shippensburg, Pennsylvania. A summary of these properties is as follows:

 

Office and Address

   Acquired/Built     

Office and Address

   Acquired/Built  

Properties Owned

      Properties Owned (continued)   

Orrstown Office

     1919      

Greencastle Office

     2006   

3580 Orrstown Road

     

308 Carolle Street

  

Orrstown, PA 17244

     

Greencastle, PA 17225

  

Lurgan Avenue Office

     1981      

New Bloomfield Office

     2006   

121 Lurgan Avenue

     

1 South Carlisle Street

  

Shippensburg, PA 17257

     

New Bloomfield, PA 17068

  

King Street Office

     1986      

Newport Office

     2006   

77 E. King Street

     

Center Square

  

Shippensburg, PA 17257

     

Newport, PA 17074

  

Stonehedge Office

     1994      

Red Hill Office

     2006   

427 Village Drive

     

18 Newport Plaza

  

Carlisle, PA 17015

     

Newport, PA 17074

  

Path Valley Office

     1995      

Simpson Street Office

     2006   

16400 Path Valley Road

     

1110 East Simpson Street

  

Spring Run, PA 17262

     

Mechanicsburg, PA 17055

  

Norland Avenue Office

     1997      

North Pointe Business Center

     2007   

625 Norland Avenue

     

Orrstown Operations Center

  

Chambersburg, PA 17201

     

2695 Philadelphia Avenue

  
     

Chambersburg, PA 17201

  

Silver Spring Office

     2000         

3 Baden Powell Lane

     

Eastern Blvd. Office

     2008   

Mechanicsburg, PA 17050

     

1020 Professional Court

  
     

Hagerstown, MD 21740

  

North Middleton Office (land lease)

     2002         

2250 Spring Road

        

Carlisle, PA 17013

      Leased   

Orchard Drive Office (land lease)

     2003      

Hanover Street

     1997   

1355 Orchard Drive

     

22 S. Hanover St.

  

Chambersburg, PA 17201

     

Carlisle, PA 17013

  

Seven Gables Office

     2003      

Camp Hill

     2005   

1 Giant Lane

     

3045 Market St.

  

Carlisle, PA 17013

     

Camp Hill, PA 17011

  

Lincoln Way East Office

     2004      

Carlisle Fairgrounds

     2011   

1725 Lincoln Way East

     

1000 Bryn Mawr Road

  

Chambersburg, PA 17202

     

Carlisle, PA 17103

  

Duncannon Office

     2006      

Lancaster LPO

     2013   

403 North Market Street

     

2098 Spring Valley Road

  

Duncannon, PA 17020

     

Lancaster, PA 17601

  

 

20


Table of Contents

ITEM 3 – LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The nature of the Company’s business generates a certain amount of litigation involving matters arising out of the ordinary course of business. Except as described in Note 21, “Contingencies” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which such information is incorporated herein by reference, in the opinion of management, there are no legal proceedings that are expected to have a material effect on the results of operations, liquidity, or the financial position of the Company at this time.

ITEM 4 – MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

 

21


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5 – MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “ORRF” as of April 28, 2009, and continues to be listed there as of the date hereof. At the close of business on February 28, 2014, there were approximately 3,109 shareholders of record.

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal periods indicated, the high and low sales prices of our common stock for the two most recent fiscal years. Trading prices are based on published financial sources.

 

     2013      2012  
     Market Price      Quarterly
Dividend
     Market Price      Quarterly
Dividend
 
     High      Low         High      Low     

First quarter

   $ 15.15       $ 9.49       $ 0.00       $ 9.84       $ 7.45       $ 0.00   

Second quarter

     16.20         12.52         0.00         9.05         7.45         0.00   

Third quarter

     18.00         12.79         0.00         11.29         7.98         0.00   

Fourth quarter

     17.78         15.45         0.00         11.15         7.71         0.00   
        

 

 

          

 

 

 
         $ 0.00             $ 0.00   
        

 

 

          

 

 

 

In October 2011, the Company announced that it had discontinued its quarterly dividend. In March 2012, the Company and the Bank entered into a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank and the Bank entered into a Consent Order with the PDB. Due to the regulatory restrictions included in the Written Agreement and the Consent Order with the respective regulators, the Company is restricted from paying any dividends. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will pay a cash dividend in the near future.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On April 27, 2006, the Company announced a Stock Repurchase Plan approving the purchase of up to 150,000 shares as conditions allow. 106,999 shares were repurchased pursuant to that program. On September 23, 2010, the Company announced an extension of its original Stock Repurchase Plan authorizing the repurchase of 150,000 shares of its common stock. The maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the plan is 189,694 shares at December 31, 2013.

For the quarter ended December 31, 2013, there were no repurchases of common equity securities by the Company under the Stock Repurchase Plan. In connection with the formal written agreements entered into with the Federal Reserve Bank and the PDB, the Company’s Stock Repurchase Plan was suspended, and the Company does not expect to repurchase shares in the foreseeable future.

 

22


Table of Contents

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The following graph shows a five-year comparison of the cumulative total return on the Company’s common stock as compared to other indexes: the SNL index of banks with assets between $1 billion and $5 billion, the S&P 500 Index, and the NASDAQ Composite index. Shareholder returns on the Company’s common stock are based upon trades on the NASDAQ Stock Market. The shareholder returns shown in the graph are not necessarily indicative of future performance.

 

LOGO

 

     Period Ending  

Index

   12/31/08      12/31/09      12/31/10      12/31/11      12/31/12      12/31/13  

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

     100.00         133.04         108.21         33.61         39.28         66.61   

SNL Bank $1B-$5B

     100.00         71.68         81.25         74.10         91.37         132.87   

S&P 500

     100.00         126.46         145.51         148.59         172.37         228.19   

NASDAQ Composite

     100.00         145.36         171.74         170.38         200.63         281.22   

In accordance with the rules of the SEC, this section captioned “Performance Graph” shall not be incorporated by reference into any of our future filings made under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Performance Graph and its accompanying table are not deemed to be soliciting material or to be filed under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

The Company has not sold any securities within the past three years which were not registered under the Securities Act.

 

23


Table of Contents

ITEM 6 – SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)   2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

Summary of Operations

         

Interest income

  $ 37,098      $ 45,436      $ 60,361      $ 58,423      $ 53,070   

Interest expense

    5,011        7,548        10,754        12,688        16,500   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    32,087        37,888        49,607        45,735        36,570   

Provision for loan losses

    (3,150     48,300        58,575        8,925        4,865   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    35,237        (10,412     (8,968     36,810        31,705   

Securities gains

    332        4,824        6,224        3,636        1,661   

Other noninterest income

    17,476        18,438        20,396        19,340        15,549   

Goodwill impairment charge

    0        0        19,447        0        0   

Other noninterest expenses (excluding goodwill impairment charge)

    43,247        43,349        41,032        36,735        31,492   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit)

    9,798        (30,499     (42,827     23,051        17,423   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (206     7,955        (10,863     6,470        4,050   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 10,004      $ (38,454   $ (31,964   $ 16,581      $ 13,373   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Common Share Data

         

Net income (loss)

  $ 1.24      $ (4.77   $ (3.98   $ 2.18      $ 2.09   

Diluted net income (loss)

    1.24        (4.77     (3.98     2.17        2.07   

Cash dividend paid

    0.00        0.00        0.69        0.89        0.88   

Book value at December 31

    11.28        10.85        15.92        20.10        17.21   

Tangible book value at December 31

    11.20        10.75        15.79        17.50        13.96   

Average shares outstanding – basic

    8,093,306        8,066,148        8,017,307        7,609,933        6,406,106   

Average shares outstanding – diluted

    8,093,306        8,066,148        8,026,726        7,637,824        6,458,752   

Stock Price Statistics

         

Close

  $ 16.35      $ 9.64      $ 8.25      $ 27.41      $ 34.88   

High

    18.00        11.29        29.50        36.50        40.00   

Low

    9.49        7.45        7.90        20.00        22.00   

Price earnings ratio at close

    13.2        (2.0     (2.1     12.6        16.7   

Diluted price earnings ratio at close

    13.2        (2.0     (2.1     12.6        16.8   

Price to book at close

    1.4        0.9        0.5        1.4        2.0   

Price to tangible book at close

    1.5        0.9        0.5        1.6        2.5   

Year-End Balance Sheet Data

         

Total assets

  $ 1,177,812      $ 1,232,668      $ 1,444,097      $ 1,511,722      $ 1,196,432   

Total loans

    672,973        711,601        967,993        966,986        881,074   

Total investment securities

    416,864        311,774        322,123        440,570        204,309   

Deposits – noninterest bearing

    116,371        121,090        111,930        104,646        90,676   

Deposits – interest bearing

    884,019        963,949        1,104,972        1,083,731        824,494   

Total deposits

    1,000,390        1,085,039        1,216,902        1,188,377        915,170   

Repurchase agreements

    9,032        9,650        15,013        87,850        64,614   

Borrowed money

    66,077        37,470        73,798        65,178        64,858   

Total shareholders’ equity

    91,439        87,694        128,197        160,484        110,886   

Trust assets under management – market value

    1,085,216        992,378        947,273        929,327        740,028   

Performance Statistics

         

Average equity / average assets

    7.45     8.07     10.36     10.76     9.55

Return on average equity

    11.30     (35.22 )%      (20.33 )%      11.22     12.48

Return on average assets

    0.84     (2.84 )%      (2.11 )%      1.21     1.19

 

24


Table of Contents

Supplemental Reporting of Non-GAAP-Based Financial Measures

Tangible book value per share is computed by dividing shares outstanding into tangible common equity. Management uses tangible book value per share because it believes such ratio is useful in understanding the Company’s capital position and ratios. A reconciliation of book value per share to tangible book value per share is set forth below.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)    2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  

Shareholders’ equity

   $ 91,439       $ 87,694       $ 128,197       $ 160,484       $ 110,886   

Less: Intangible assets

     622         832         1,041         20,698         20,938   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tangible equity

   $ 90,817       $ 86,862       $ 127,156       $ 139,786       $ 89,948   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Book value per share

   $ 11.28       $ 10.85       $ 15.92       $ 20.10       $ 17.21   

Less: Intangible assets per share

     0.08         0.10         0.13         2.60         3.25   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tangible book value per share

   $ 11.20       $ 10.75       $ 15.79       $ $17.50       $ $13.96   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

25


Table of Contents

ITEM 7 – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations for each of the three years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements presented in this report to assist in the evaluation of the Company’s 2013 performance. Certain prior period amounts presented in this discussion and analysis have been reclassified to conform to current period classifications. It should also be read in conjunction with the “Caution About Forward Looking Statements” section at the end of this discussion.

Overview

Currently, the U.S. economy appears to be slowly recovering from one of its longest and most severe economic recessions in recent history. It is not clear at this time how quickly the economy will recover and whether regulatory and legislative efforts to stimulate job growth and spending will be successful. In addition, the U.S. housing market shows signs of mild recovery, as housing values have begun to recover some of the value lost in recent years.

The Company returned to profitability for the year ended December 31, 2013, recording net income of $10,004,000 after posting losses of $38,454,000 and $31,964,000 in 2012 and 2011. The Company was able to return to profitability as asset quality issues have been reduced significantly from their elevated levels in the past two years, allowing for a significant reduction in the provision for loan losses in 2013 compared to 2012 and 2011. The provision for loan losses was a negative $3,150,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $48,300,000 and $58,575,000 in 2012 and 2011.

Based upon the level of historical taxable income, projections for future taxable income over the periods and other available evidence, management believed it was not more likely than not that the Company’s net deferred tax asset, which represented future deductible temporary differences on the Company’s tax returns would be realized at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Accordingly, a full valuation allowance for the net amount of the deferred tax asset of $18,964,000 and $20,235,000, was established at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company also recorded a full goodwill impairment charge in the fourth quarter of 2011 of $18,996,000, net of tax.

Critical Accounting Policies

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and follow general practices within the financial services industry in which it operates. Management, in order to prepare the Company’s consolidated financial statements, is required to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are based on information available as of the balance sheet date through the date the financial statements are filed with the SEC. As this information changes, the consolidated financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions, and judgments. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments and as such have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. Estimates, assumptions, and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value, when a decline in the value of an asset not carried on the financial statements at fair value warrants an impairment write-down or valuation reserve to be established, or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event. Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility. The fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based either on quoted market prices or are provided by other third-party sources.

The most significant accounting policies followed by the Company are presented in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the other financial

 

26


Table of Contents

statement notes, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the financial statements and how those values are determined. Based on the valuation techniques used and the sensitivity of financial statement amounts to the methods, assumptions, and estimates underlying those amounts, the Company has identified the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and accounting for income taxes as critical accounting policies.

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. The loan portfolio also represents the largest asset type on the consolidated balance sheet.

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future effects of temporary differences and tax credits. Enacted tax rates are applied to cumulative temporary differences based on expected taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax asset or liability is anticipated to be realized. Future tax rate changes could occur that would require the recognition of income or expense in the statement of operations in the period in which they are enacted. Deferred tax assets must be reduced by a valuation allowance if in management’s judgment it is “more likely than not” that some portion of the asset will not be realized. Management may need to modify their judgments in this regard from one period to another should a material change occur in the business environment, tax legislation, or in any other business factor that could impair the Company’s ability to benefit from the asset in the future. Based upon the Company’s prior cumulative taxable losses, projections for future taxable income and other available evidence, management determined that there was not sufficient positive evidence to outweigh the cumulative loss, and concluded it was not more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset would be realized. Accordingly a full valuation allowance was recorded at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Management will continue to update its analysis quarterly, and after a period of sustainable taxable income, the valuation allowance may be reversed in part or in total.

Readers of the consolidated financial statements should be aware that the estimates and assumptions used in the Company’s current financial statements may need to be updated in future financial presentations for changes in circumstances, business or economic conditions in order to fairly represent the condition of the Company at that time.

Corporate Profile and Significant Developments

The Company is a bank holding company (that has elected status as a financial holding company with the FRB) headquartered in Shippensburg, Pennsylvania with consolidated assets of $1,177,812,000 at December 31, 2013. The consolidated financial information presented herein reflects the Company and its wholly-owned commercial bank subsidiary, the Bank.

The Bank, with total assets of $1,177,380,000 at December 31, 2013, is a Pennsylvania chartered commercial bank with 22 offices. The Bank’s deposit services include a variety of checking, savings, time and money market deposits along with related debit card and merchant services. Lending services include commercial loans, residential loans, commercial mortgages and various forms of consumer lending. Orrstown Financial Advisors, a division of the Bank, offers a diverse line of financial services to our customers, including, but not limited to, brokerage, mutual funds, trusts, estate planning, investments and insurance products. At December 31, 2013, approximately $1,085,216,000 of assets under management was serviced by Orrstown Financial Advisors.

Economic Climate, Inflation and Interest Rates

The U.S. economy appears to be slowly recovering from one of its longest and most severe economic recessions in history. The recovery has been much weaker than past recoveries resulting in stubbornly high

 

27


Table of Contents

unemployment, poor loan demand and continued credit quality challenges. This pattern remained in place throughout 2013.

The majority of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature, and therefore, differ greatly from most commercial and industrial companies that have significant investments in fixed assets or inventories. However, inflation does have an impact on the growth of total assets and on noninterest expenses, which tend to rise during periods of general inflation. Inflationary pressures over the last three years have been modest, and although the FRB has been monetizing the debt, which has historically led to increased inflation, the outlook for inflation appears modest for the foreseeable future.

As the Company’s balance sheet consists primarily of financial instruments, interest income and interest expense is greatly influenced by the level of interest rates and the slope of the interest rate curve. During the three years presented in this financial statement review, interest rates have remained near all-time lows. Because of the low level of interest rates, we have not been able to lower the rate we pay for interest bearing non-maturity deposits to the same extent that has been experienced in the rates we have been able to earn on our interest earning assets. As a result, the Company’s net interest margin has been negatively impacted.

Despite the challenging economic conditions during 2011, 2012, and into 2013, the Company believes it is positioned to withstand these conditions through its improving capital and liquidity positions, high quality debt securities portfolios and recent improvement in asset quality through continuing efforts to manage credit and interest rate risk.

Results of Operations

Summary

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded net income (loss) of $10,004,000 compared to ($38,454,000) and ($31,964,000) for the same periods in 2012 and 2011, resulting in diluted earnings (loss) per share of $1.24, ($4.77) and ($3.98) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Each of the three years had events and circumstances that affect the comparability of the information for the periods presented. As a result of the asset quality issues the Company experienced in 2011 and 2012 and the aggressive manner in which these troubled assets were handled, large provisions for loan losses were recorded and totaled $58,575,000 and $48,300,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Due to the significant impact these large provisions had on the Company’s results of operations, it was determined that the recorded goodwill was impaired in 2011, and a full impairment charge of $18,996,000, net of tax, was recorded. In 2012, after continued losses were posted, it was determined that a valuation allowance was required on the Company’s net deferred tax asset balance, and a charge of $20,235,000 was recorded.

As a result of the handling of troubled assets in 2012 and 2011, the Company experienced improvement in asset quality during 2013, and based on active monitoring and workout solutions of previously charged-off relationships, we were able to record net recoveries of $949,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to net charge-offs of $68,849,000 and $30,880,000 recorded in the two previous years. As a result, it was determined that no provision for loan losses was required in 2013, and that the recovery of a previously charged off relationship of $3,150,000 was not needed to replenish the reserve, and was treated as a negative provision for loan losses. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 also benefited from the full valuation allowance on deferred taxes established in the prior year, and only $60,000 of federal income tax expense was recorded during the year despite $9,798,000 of pre-tax income.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income, which is the difference between interest income and fees on interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, is the primary component of the Company’s revenue. Interest-

 

28


Table of Contents

earning assets include loans, securities and federal funds sold. Interest bearing liabilities include deposits and borrowed funds. To compare the tax-exempt yields to taxable yields, amounts are adjusted to pretax equivalents based on a 35% federal corporate tax rate.

Net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates, volumes of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the composition of those assets and liabilities. The “net interest spread” and “net interest margin” are two common statistics related to changes in net interest income. The net interest spread represents the difference between the yields earned on interest-earning assets and the rates paid for interest-bearing liabilities. The net interest margin is defined as the ratio of net interest income to average earning assets. Through the use of demand deposits and stockholders’ equity, the net interest margin exceeds the net interest spread, as these funding sources are non-interest bearing.

The “Analysis of Net Interest Income” table presents net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis, net interest spread and net interest margin for the years ending December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The “Changes in Taxable Equivalent Net Interest Income” table below analyzes the changes in net interest income for the same periods broken down by their rate and volume components.

2013 versus 2012

For the year ended December 31, 2013, net interest income, measured on a fully tax equivalent basis, decreased $6,271,000, or 15.6%, to $33,882,000 from $40,153,000 for the same period in 2012. The primary reason for the decrease in net interest income was a decrease in average earning assets from $1,284,864,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $1,118,612,000 for the same period in 2013. Compression in net interest margin from 3.12% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 3.03% for the same period in 2013 also contributed to the decline in net interest income.

The largest contributor to the decrease in net interest income was the decline in the loan portfolio. Interest income on loans decreased from $40,994,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $32,779,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. The average loan balance declined to $683,272,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $859,985,000 for the same period in 2012. Two large sales of criticized loans in 2012 resulted in lower average balances, as did management’s workout efforts and scheduled amortization of loans exceeding new loan originations during the year. Partially offsetting the loan volume variance was an increase in rates earned on loans from 4.77% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 4.80% for the same period in 2013, as the Company has been able to reduce its nonaccrual loan balance.

Securities interest income also declined in 2013 and totaled $5,940,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $480,000 compared to the $6,420,000 for the same period in 2012. Although the average balance of securities has increased from $315,581,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $368,208,000 for the same period in 2013, the volume increase was not enough to offset the decrease in rates earned on securities, which declined from a tax equivalent yield of 2.03% in 2012 to 1.61% in 2013. The low interest rate environment experienced during the first half of 2013, has resulted in increased refinancing activity and accelerated prepayments on mortgage backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, many of which have premiums associated with them. Furthermore, the proceeds from the sales or maturities of securities have been reinvested at lower interest rates, also negatively impacting the yield earned on securities.

Interest expense on deposits and borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $5,011,000, a decrease of $2,537,000, from $7,548,000 for the same period in 2012. The average balance of interest bearing liabilities decreased 13.2% from $1,115,644,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $968,797,000 for the same period in 2013. In addition, the Company’s cost of funds on interest bearing liabilities has declined to 0.52% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 0.68% for the same period in 2012. The interest rate environment has allowed the Company to lower the rates offered on its demand deposits, including interest bearing demand, money market and savings in 2013 compared to 2012, and as time deposits mature, we have

 

29


Table of Contents

also been able to replace the funds at slightly lower rates. The rate paid on long-term debt has increased from 1.64% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 1.76% for the same period in 2013, and is a direct result of the maturity of lower cost borrowings.

The Company’s net interest spread of 2.96% declined 7 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012. Net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2013 was 3.03%, a 9 basis point decline from 3.12% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

2012 versus 2011

For the year ended December 31, 2012 net interest income, measured on a fully tax equivalent basis, decreased $12,259,000, or 23.4%, to $40,153,000 from $52,412,000 in 2011. The primary reason for the decrease in net interest income was a decrease in average earning assets from $1,432,991,000 in 2011 to $1,284,864,000 in 2012. Net interest margin decreased 54 basis points, from 3.66% in 2011 to 3.12% for 2012. As summarized on the “Changes in Taxable Equivalent Net Interest Income” table, $7,886,000 of the decline in net interest income was the result of a decrease in average volume, and $4,373,000 of the decrease was the result of average rate.

A large portion of the decline in interest income was the result of a decrease in interest earned on the securities portfolio, which totaled $6,420,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $6,486,000, or 50.3%, from 2011. Year-over-year, average securities decreased $80,892,000, or 20.4%, which contributed $3,178,000 to the overall decline in tax equivalent interest income earned on securities. As a result of the recent regulatory climate related to nontraditional funding sources, management did not utilize brokered deposits in 2012 to the extent it had in the past, and as such, as the brokered deposits matured, securities proceeds were used to fund the payoffs, leading to a decrease in average securities balances during 2012 compared to 2011. The change in the average yield on investment securities contributed $3,308,000 of the decline in the interest income earned on securities, with a yield earned of 2.03% in 2012, a 123 basis point decline from the yield earned of 3.26% in 2011. The historic low interest rate environment in 2012 resulted in increased financing activity of mortgage loans in 2012, resulting in accelerated prepayments on the Company’s mortgage backed securities portfolio, many of which had premiums associated with them. As the prepayments have accelerated, the amortization of the premiums has been faster than in the past, which has placed pressure on the yields earned on securities. Further, the proceeds from the sales or maturities of securities have been reinvested at lower interest rates, which have also negatively impacted the yield earned on securities.

Interest income earned on a tax equivalent basis on loans decreased from $50,122,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $40,994,000 for the same period in 2012, a $9,128,000 decline. Several factors contributed to the decline. The most significant factor contributing to the decline in interest income earned on loans was the decline in the average balance of loans, from $993,828,000 in 2011 to $859,985,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012. This decline in average loan balance was the result of management’s strategy to temporarily curtail its loan growth in order to address and enhance credit administration and underwriting processes and procedures. The rates earned on loans also negatively impacted net income during 2012, as the average balance of impaired loans, which generally are in nonaccrual status, increased from $50,874,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $67,186,000 for 2012. The increase in loans not accruing interest combined with generally lower interest rates in 2012 resulted in the rates earned on loans decreasing from 5.04% in 2011 to 4.77% in 2012.

Interest expense on deposits and borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $7,548,000, a decrease of $3,206,000 from the $10,754,000 expensed in the same period in 2011. The Company’s cost of funds on interest bearing liabilities declined from 0.87% in 2011 to 0.68% for 2012. The interest rate environment has allowed the Company to lower the rates offered on its demand deposits, including interest bearing demand, money markets and savings accounts in 2012 compared to 2011. As time deposits and long-term debt mature, the Company has been able to replace the funds at slightly lower rates.

The Company’s net interest spread for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 3.03%, a decrease of 51 basis points compared to the same period in 2011. Net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 3.12%, a 54 basis point decline from 3.66% in 2011.

 

30


Table of Contents

ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME

The following table presents interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis, net-interest spread and net interest margin for the years ended December 31:

 

    2013     2012     2011  
(Dollars in thousands)   Average
Balance
    Tax
Equivalent
Interest
    Tax
Equivalent
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Tax
Equivalent
Interest
    Tax
Equivalent
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Tax
Equivalent
Interest
    Tax
Equivalent
Rate
 

Assets

                 

Federal funds sold and interest bearing bank balances

  $ 67,132      $ 174        0.26   $ 109,298      $ 287        0.26   $ 42,690      $ 138        0.32

Taxable securities

    339,750        4,300        1.27        270,170        3,798        1.41        318,185        8,334        2.62   

Tax-exempt securities

    28,458        1,640        5.76        45,411        2,622        5.77        78,288        4,572        5.84   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities

    368,208        5,940        1.61        315,581        6,420        2.03        396,473        12,906        3.26   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxable loans

    619,929        29,290        4.72        796,873        37,145        4.66        940,063        46,680        4.97   

Tax-exempt loans

    63,343        3,489        5.51        63,112        3,849        6.10        53,765        3,442        6.40   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

    683,272        32,779        4.80        859,985        40,994        4.77        993,828        50,122        5.04   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

    1,118,612        38,893        3.48        1,284,864        47,701        3.71        1,432,991        63,166        4.41   
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

    13,166            14,597            13,577       

Bank premises and equipment

    26,496            27,043            27,404       

Other assets

    52,179            62,856            68,569       

Allowance for loan losses

    (21,912         (37,133         (24,773    
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total

  $ 1,188,541          $ 1,352,227          $ 1,517,768       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

                 

Interest bearing demand deposits

  $ 484,114        785        0.16      $ 511,800        1,236        0.24      $ 486,793        1,710        0.35   

Savings deposits

    78,714        129        0.16        74,180        124        0.17        71,059        140        0.20   

Time deposits

    352,905        3,531        1.00        455,507        5,352        1.17        574,079        7,518        1.31   

Short-term borrowings

    24,312        61        0.25        30,581        120        0.39        63,271        314        0.50   

Long-term debt

    28,752        505        1.76        43,576        716        1.64        42,308        1,072        2.53   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

    968,797        5,011        0.52        1,115,644        7,548        0.68        1,237,510        10,754        0.87   
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Demand deposits

    119,146            116,930            113,157       

Other

    12,051            10,469            9,901       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total Liabilities

    1,099,994            1,243,043            1,360,568       

Shareholders’ Equity

    88,547            109,184            157,200       
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,188,541          0.45      $ 1,352,227          0.59      $ 1,517,768          0.75   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net interest income (FTE)/net interest spread

      33,882        2.96       40,153        3.03       52,412        3.54
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net interest margin

        3.03         3.12         3.66
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Tax-equivalent adjustment

      (1,795         (2,265         (2,805  
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest income

    $ 32,087          $ 37,888          $ 49,607     
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Note: Yields and interest income on tax-exempt assets have been computed on a fully taxable equivalent basis assuming a 35% tax rate. For yield calculation purposes, nonaccruing loans are included in the average loan balance.

 

31


Table of Contents

CHANGES IN TAXABLE EQUIVALENT NET INTEREST INCOME

The following table analyzes the changes in tax equivalent net interest income for the periods presented, broken down by their rate and volume components:

 

     2013 Versus 2012 Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change in
    2012 Versus 2011 Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change in
 
(Dollars in thousands)    Average
Volume
    Average
Rate
    Total
Increase
(Decrease)
    Average
Volume
    Average
Rate
    Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 

Interest Income

            

Federal funds sold & interest bearing deposits

   $ (111   $ (2   $ (113   $ 215      $ (66   $ 149   

Taxable securities

     978        (476     502        (1,258     (3,278     (4,536

Tax-exempt securities

     (979     (3     (982     (1,920     (30     (1,950

Taxable loans

     (8,248     393        (7,855     (7,110     (2,424     (9,534

Tax-exempt loans

     14        (374     (360     598        (192     406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     (8,346     (462     (8,808     (9,475     (5,990     (15,465
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Expense

            

Interest bearing demand deposits

     (67     (384     (451     88        (562     (474

Savings deposits

     8        (3     5        6        (22     (16

Time deposits

     (1,206     (615     (1,821     (1,553     (613     (2,166

Short-term borrowings

     (25     (34     (59     (162     (32     (194

Long-term debt

     (244     33        (211     32        (388     (356
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     (1,534     (1,003     (2,537     (1,589     (1,617     (3,206
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

   $ (6,812   $ 541      $ (6,271   $ (7,886   $ (4,373   $ (12,259
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note: The change attributed to volume is calculated by taking the average change in average balance times the prior year’s average rate and the remainder is attributable to rate.

Provision for Loan Losses

The Company recorded a negative provision for loan losses, or a reversal of amounts previously provided, of $3,150,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to expense of $48,300,000 and $58,575,000 for the same periods in 2012 and 2011. During 2013, the Company received payments on classified loans with partial charge-offs previously recorded. As payments received on these classified loans exceeded the carrying value of these loans, the excess was included in recoveries of loan amounts previously charged off. Favorable charge-off history during the year ended December 31, 2013 combined with improvements in average levels of impaired loans has resulted in no additional provision for loan losses being required during the period, as the reserve balance at the beginning of 2013 was sufficient to absorb net charge-offs. In connection with the quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses during 2013, it was determined that large recoveries specific to loans in one customer relationship were not needed to replenish the reserve, and were taken as a negative provision for loan losses.

The elevated provisioning levels for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are reflective of the asset quality issues the Company was facing at those times, and the aggressive manner in which the Company was working through its classified assets in order to improve its overall asset quality and balance sheet. Remediation efforts in 2012 included two separate sales of distressed assets, in order to reduce the level of loan losses in future periods.

See further discussion in the “Asset Quality” and “Credit Risk Management” sections of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

32


Table of Contents

Noninterest Income

The following provides information regarding noninterest income changes over the past three years.

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012      2011      % Change  
           2013-2012     2012-2011  

Service charges on deposit accounts

   $ 5,716      $ 6,227       $ 6,411         (8.2 )%      (2.9 )% 

Other service charges, commissions and fees

     1,070        1,275         1,313         (16.1 )%      (2.9 )% 

Trust department income

     4,770        4,575         4,216         4.3     8.5

Brokerage income

     1,911        1,478         1,573         29.3     (6.0 )% 

Mortgage banking activities

     3,053        3,393         3,007         (10.0 )%      12.8

Earnings on life insurance

     963        1,018         1,110         (5.4 )%      (8.3 )% 

Merchant processing revenue

     0        149         1,850         (100.0 )%      (91.9 )% 

Other income (loss)

     (7     323         916         (102.2 )%      (64.7 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal before securities gains

     17,476        18,438         20,396         (5.2 )%      (9.6 )% 

Investment securities gains

     332        4,824         6,224         (93.1 )%      (22.5 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   $ 17,808      $ 23,262       $ 26,620         (23.4 )%      (12.6 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2013 v. 2012’s Results

Noninterest income decreased to $17,808,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $23,262,000 in the same prior year period. Excluding the decrease in securities gains of $4,492,000 in 2013 compared to 2012, noninterest income decreased $962,000 or 5.2%.

Service charges on deposit accounts and other services charges, commissions and fees totaled $5,716,000 and $1,070,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, both declines of 8.2% and 16.1% from 2012’s totals, and continued the trend noted in the prior year. The Company has experienced a decline in overdraft charges and other fee related charges, as consumers have been conscious of their spending.

Trust department and brokerage income, in total, increased $628,000, or 10.4%, to $6,681,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $6,053,000 earned in the same period in 2012. Favorable market conditions and the Company’s ability to promote new products and attract accounts and customers contributed to the increase.

Mortgage banking revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 totaled $3,053,000, a 10.0% decline from the $3,393,000 earned for the year ended December 31, 2012. Despite interest rates favorably impacting mortgage banking revenues during the first half of 2013, the rise in interest rates in the second half of the year reduced refinancing volumes, resulting in mortgage banking revenue being lower in 2013 than 2012. The higher interest rates have resulted in decreased loan origination volumes and refinancing activity, which has slowed pre-payment speed on loans serviced for others. This slower prepayment speed favorably impacted the fair value of our mortgage servicing rights, and allowed for recovery of $638,000 of its impairment reserve during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to an additional charge of $360,000 for the same period in 2012. As a result of lower anticipated loan origination volumes and full recovery of the impairment reserve, management expects mortgage banking revenues to be impacted in 2014.

The loss recorded in other income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2013 was principally the result of losses on sales of real estate owned of $149,000, compared to gains of $28,000 recorded for the same period in 2012.

The Company had limited gains on securities available for sale of $332,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, which resulted from management investment strategies given interest rate conditions. In 2012, gains of $4,824,000 were recorded, as asset/liability strategic considerations as well as maintaining capital levels factored into the decision as to the extent and timing of security gains taken during the year.

 

33


Table of Contents

2012 v. 2011’s Results

Noninterest income decreased to $23,262,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $26,620,000 in the same prior year period. Excluding the decrease in securities gains of $1,400,000 in 2012 compared to 2011, noninterest income decreased $1,958,000 or 9.6%.

The Company sold its merchant processing business in the third quarter of 2011, which contributed $1,850,000 in revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011, including the recognition of a gain of $995,000. In 2012, income recognized on merchant services consisted of amounts previously held back as gain until all conditions of the sales contract were satisfied. Noninterest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 was favorably influenced by the sale of interest rate swaps of $791,000, with no similar gains occurring in 2012.

In 2012, two of the Company’s non-margin lines of business posted increases in revenues. Mortgage banking revenue was favorably influenced by the continued low interest rate environment, coupled with greater stability in the real estate market. Mortgage banking revenues totaled $3,393,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, a 12.8% increase over 2011. Orrstown Financial Advisors, which generates trust and brokerage income, recorded revenues of $6,053,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, a $264,000, or 4.6% increase over the same period in 2011. Favorable market conditions, combined with new business opportunities, led to the enhanced revenue stream.

Service charges on deposit accounts and other services charges, commissions and fees totaled $6,227,000 and $1,275,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, both declines of 2.9% from 2011’s totals. The Company has experienced a decline in overdraft charges and other fee related charges in 2012, as consumers were more conscious of their spending.

The Company continued to harvest gains on securities available for sale when it was strategically determined that the gains afforded on certain securities were more beneficial than the interest rate earned. Additionally, asset/liability management as well as maintaining capital levels factored into the decision as to the extent and timing of security gains taken during the year. Net gains on securities were $4,824,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $6,224,000 in 2011.

Noninterest Expenses

The following provides information regarding noninterest expense over the past three years.

 

                          % Change  
(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2011      2013-2012     2012-2011  

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 22,954       $ 19,864       $ 17,506         15.6     13.5

Occupancy expense

     2,055         1,975         1,987         4.1     (0.6 )% 

Furniture and equipment

     3,446         2,913         2,705         18.3     7.7

Data processing

     542         574         1,161         (5.6 )%      (50.6 )% 

Automated teller machine and interchange fees

     1,054         989         897         6.6     10.3

Advertising and bank promotions

     1,251         1,411         1,246         (11.3 )%      13.2

FDIC insurance

     2,577         2,727         2,417         (5.5 )%      12.8

Professional services

     2,255         3,076         3,531         (26.7 )%      (12.9 )% 

Collection and problem loan

     674         2,297         1,167         (70.7 )%      96.8

Real estate owned

     137         834         681         (83.6 )%      22.5

Taxes other than income

     939         888         841         5.7     5.6

Goodwill impairment and intangible asset amortization

     210         209         19,657         0.5     (98.9 )% 

Other operating expenses

     5,153         5,592         6,683         (7.9 )%      (16.3 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expenses

   $ 43,247       $ 43,349       $ 60,479         (0.2 )%      (28.3 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

34


Table of Contents

2013 v 2012’s Results

Noninterest expenses amounted to $43,247,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $43,349,000 for the corresponding prior year period, a decrease of $102,000, or 0.2%. The following factors contributed to the net decrease in noninterest expenses.

 

    Salaries and employee benefits totaled $22,954,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $19,864,000 for the same period in 2012, an increase of $3,090,000. A large component of the increase pertains to an increase in the Company’s number of full-time equivalents, which has increased as we enhance our enterprise risk management area, place less reliance on outside consultants, and enhance our technology and delivery channels to meet the changing needs of our customers. An additional factor contributing to the increase in salaries and benefit expense was the restoration of certain incentive based employee benefits as a result of the Company’s return to profitability, which totaled $565,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, with no similar expenses recorded in the same period in 2012.

 

    In 2013, the Company began making increased investments in technology in order to enhance our enterprise risk management practices, and to provide our customers with a better customer experience when utilizing our automated delivery channels. As a result, the Company has seen an increase in furniture and equipment expense, which increased from $2,913,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $3,446,000 for the same period in 2013. Additionally, as we promote the usage of debit cards to our customers for point of sale purchases and to withdraw funds from automated teller machines, these related fees charged to the Bank increased from $989,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $1,054,000 for the same period in 2013, and increase of 6.6%.

 

    Advertising and bank promotions expense decreased $160,000 to $1,251,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $1,411,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012. This reduction in expense relates to the timing of promotions and charitable contributions, and the discretionary nature of the expense which the Company controlled during 2013. It is anticipated that the Company will actively advertise and promote the Bank in 2014, and as a result it is likely these expenses will increase.

 

    FDIC insurance decreased $150,000 to $2,577,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $2,727,000 for the same period in 2012. A reduction in the Bank’s assets and deposits offset an increase in the quarterly deposit insurance assessment rate that went into effect in the second quarter of 2012 and resulted from an increased risk rating.

 

    Professional services expenses totaled $2,255,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $3,076,000 in 2012, a decrease of $821,000, or 26.7%. Professional services expenses include costs associated with third party loan review assistance, regulatory consulting, and legal and accounting services. The Company was able to reduce its reliance on outside service providers as it hired additional employees pertaining to enterprise risk management, which resulted in lower professional service fees in 2013 as compared to 2012.

 

    Asset quality related costs, including collection and problem loan and real estate owned expenses, decreased significantly in 2013 compared to 2012. Collection and problem loan expense totaled $674,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, a 70.7% reduction from the $2,297,000 of expense recorded for the same period in 2012. Real estate owned expenses were down 83.6%, from $834,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $137,000 for the same period in 2013. Significant reductions in nonperforming assets, and the monitoring, legal and other costs associated with them, led to the significant reduction in asset quality related costs.

 

   

Other operating expenses decreased $439,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $5,592,000 in 2012 to $5,153,000 in 2013. The primary reason for this fluctuation is a significant reduction in Regulation E losses that the Bank experienced in 2013, which totaled $62,000 for the year ended

 

35


Table of Contents
 

December 31, 2013 compared to $544,000 for the same period in 2012. As a result of the losses experienced in 2012, the Company enhanced its Regulation E policies and operating procedures, including the purchase of software to assist in the identification of potential fraudulent transactions, which lowered the instances and magnitude of losses in 2013.

In order to better understand how noninterest expenses change in relation to related changes in revenue, operating expense levels are often measured in the financial services industry by the efficiency ratio, which expresses non-interest expense as a percentage of tax-equivalent net interest income and noninterest income, excluding securities gains, goodwill impairment, and other non-recurring items. The Company’s efficiency ratio for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 was 83.3%, compared to 72.2% for the same period in 2012. The higher, or less favorable, ratio was the result of declines in net interest and noninterest income between the two periods, which more than offset the lower noninterest expenses recorded in 2013 compared to 2012.

2012 v. 2011’s Results

Noninterest expenses decreased from $60,479,000 during the twelve months of 2011 to $43,349,000 for the same period in 2012, a decrease of $17,130,000 or 28.3%. Excluding the nonrecurring goodwill impairment charge of $19,447,000 recorded in 2011, noninterest expenses would have increased 5.6%, or $2,317,000, as compared to 2011. The following contributed to the net decrease in noninterest expenses.

 

    Salaries and employee benefits increased $2,358,000, from $17,506,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $19,864,000 for 2012. The increase in salaries and employee benefits was the result of the establishment of the Company’s Special Assets Group to assist in working through troubled assets, increases in personnel in the Credit Administration Department, and other additions as the Company enhanced other risk management practices.

 

    The decrease in data processing expenses from $1,161,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $574,000 for the same period in 2012 is related to expenses associated with merchant processing that are no longer incurred. As noted in the “Noninterest Income” section above, the Company sold its merchant services business in 2011. Data processing expenses of $696,000 were incurred for the year ended December 31, 2011 related to these revenues with no similar charges in 2012.

 

    FDIC insurance totaled $2,727,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, an increase of 12.8%, over 2011’s total of $2,417,000. This increase was the result of an increased risk rating and associated increased depository insurance rate, which has been partially offset by a reduction in the Bank’s net assets and deposits.

 

    Professional services expenses totaled $3,076,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $3,531,000 in 2011, a decrease of $455,000. Professional services expenses include costs associated with third party loan review assistance, regulatory consulting, and legal and accounting services. In 2011, when the Company first began experiencing asset quality issues and increased regulatory compliance costs, it needed to consult with outside service providers as the Company did not have adequate staffing to address these issues. As the Special Assets Group, Credit Administration Department, and other risk management personnel were hired, the Company reduced its reliance on outside service providers, which resulted in lower professional service fees in 2012 as compared to 2011.

 

    Collection and problem loan expenses increased approximately $1,130,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 and totaled $2,297,000, compared to $1,167,000 for 2011. These expenses increased as a result of the increase in classified assets with corrective action and work-out plans in order to mitigate the Company’s risk of loss, and consists primarily of costs associated with obtaining updated appraisals on the collateral securing the outstanding loans and legal expenses as the Bank’s credit exposure is clarified and work out plans are developed.

 

36


Table of Contents
    Real estate owned expenses, which include regular maintenance and upkeep expenses as well as write-downs of properties to fair value less costs to dispose, increased from $681,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, to $834,000 in 2012, an increase of 22.5%. The increase was consistent with the higher number of properties that the Company owns and is managing, as well as continued softness in the real estate market, which led to further write-downs of properties.

 

    The largest decrease in 2012 was in goodwill impairment and intangible asset amortization, which totaled $209,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $19,448,000 compared to 2011. In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge in connection with its annual evaluation of goodwill. The impairment charge resulted from several factors, the most prominent being decreases in trading multiples of the Company’s common stock, overall valuations of comparable organizations, a deterioration in asset quality of the commercial real estate portfolio, and the negative impact of deteriorating asset quality on expected cash flows. As a result of these negative indicators and subsequent analysis, the Company’s entire goodwill balance was written off at December 31, 2011. The $209,000 of expense in 2012 is the amortization of intangible assets only.

 

    Other operating expenses decreased $1,091,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $6,683,000 in 2011 to $5,592,000 in 2012. The primary reason for this fluctuation was the difference in the provision for off-balance sheet credit liabilities recorded between the two periods. Off-balance sheet credit liabilities include providing a reserve on undrawn loan commitments, and the anticipated loss on those credits which are estimated using an approach similar to determining reserves on specific loans in the determination of the allowance for loan losses. During 2011, a charge of $782,000 was recorded to establish this off-balance sheet reserve, whereas in 2012, the reserve was lowered by $199,000 as the off-balance sheet exposures have been greatly reduced as a result of the two loan sales completed in 2012.

As a result of the increase in noninterest expense (net of goodwill impairment), combined with declining net interest income, the Company’s efficiency ratio for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased to 72.2%, compared to 55.2% in the same period in 2011.

Federal Income Taxes

The Company recorded income tax benefit of $206,000 on pre-tax income of $9,798,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to income tax expense of $7,955,000 on pre-tax loss of $30,499,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded income tax benefit of $10,863,000 on pre-tax loss of $42,827,000. In 2012, the Company recorded a full deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $20,235,000, which resulted in the significant variances in income tax benefit and expense.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers taxes paid in prior years, projected future taxable income and available tax planning strategies, and other factors in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income, projections for future taxable income over the periods and other available evidence, management believed it was not more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset, which represented future deductible temporary differences on our tax returns would be realized at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Accordingly, a full valuation allowance for the net amount of the deferred tax assets of $18,964,000 and $20,235,000, was established at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The lower valuation allowance in 2013 compared to 2012 is the result of the reversal of a portion of certain net deductible temporary differences during the year, and the generation of taxable income which the net operating loss carryforward will absorb and result in limited payment of federal income taxes in 2013. Management assesses the necessity of the valuation allowance on deferred taxes on a quarterly basis, and at this time, it is not known when a partial, or full reversal, of the valuation allowance will occur as it is dependent on our ability to continue to generate net income, and our ability to forecast that net income is likely in the sustainable future.

 

37


Table of Contents

The net income tax benefit recorded in 2013 pertains to state income tax refunds, offset partially by estimated federal alternative minimum tax.

A meaningful comparison is the effective tax rate, a measurement of income tax expense as a percent of pretax income, which is less than the 35% federal statutory rate, primarily due to tax-exempt loan and security income, life insurance earnings and tax credits associated with low-income housing and historic projects, offset by certain non-deductible expenses and state income taxes. See “Note 8 – Income Taxes” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of the federal statutory rate of 35% to the effective tax rate for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Financial Condition

A substantial amount of time is devoted by management to overseeing the investment of funds in loans and securities and the formulation of policies directed toward the profitability and minimization of risk associated with such investments.

Securities Available for Sale

The Company utilizes securities available for sale as a tool for managing interest rate risk, enhancing income through interest and dividend income, to provide liquidity and to provide collateral for certain deposits and borrowings. As of December 31, 2013, securities available for sale were $406,943,000, a $104,973,000 increase from the December 31, 2012 balance of $301,970,000.

The Company has established investment policies and an asset management policy to assist in administering its investment portfolio. Decisions to purchase or sell these securities are based on economic conditions and management’s strategy to respond to changes in interest rates, liquidity, securitization of deposits and Repurchase Agreements and other factors while trying to maximize return on the investments. Under GAAP, the Company may segregate its investment portfolio into three categories: “securities held to maturity”, “trading securities” and “securities available for sale.” Management has classified the full securities portfolio as available for sale. Securities available for sale are to be accounted for at their current market value with unrealized gains and losses on such securities to be excluded from earnings and reported as a net amount in other comprehensive income.

The Company’s securities available for sale include debt and equity instruments that are subject to varying degrees of credit and market risk. This risk arises from general market conditions, factors impacting specific industries, as well as corporate news that may impact specific issues. Management continuously monitors its debt securities, including updates of credit ratings, monitoring market, industry and segment news, as well as volatility in market prices. The Company uses various indicators in determining whether a debt security is other-than- temporarily-impaired, including the extent of time the security has been in an unrealized loss position, and the extent of the unrealized loss. In addition, management assesses whether it is likely the Company will have to sell the security prior to recovery, or if it is able to hold the security until the price recovers. For those debt securities in which management concludes the security is other than temporarily impaired, it will recognize the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment in earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income. Given the strong asset quality of the debt security portfolio, management has not had to take an other-than-temporary impairment charge in 2013, 2012 or 2011.

For equity securities, when the Company has decided to sell an impaired available-for-sale security and does not expect the fair value of the security to fully recover before the expected time of sale, the security is deemed other-than-temporarily impaired in the period in which the decision to sell is made. The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the impairment is deemed other than temporary even if a decision to sell has not been made. The Company recorded no other than temporary impairment expense on equity securities for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

38


Table of Contents

The following table shows the fair value of securities available for sale at December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2011  

U.S. Treasury

   $ 0       $ 26,010       $ 0   

U.S. Government Agencies

     25,451         0         0   

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSE)

     13,714         44,762         43,622   

States and political subdivisions

     71,544         38,909         78,051   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

     198,619         116,854         118,646   

GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities

     0         24         34   

GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs)

     40,532         43,945         68,904   

GSE commercial CMOs

     57,014         31,397         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     406,874         301,901         309,257   

Equity securities

     69         69         1,108   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 406,943       $ 301,970       $ 310,365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The securities available for sale portfolio increased $104,973,000, or 34.8% from $301,970,000 at December 31, 2012 to $406,943,000 at December 31, 2013. During 2013, the Company’s access to off-balance sheet liquidity improved as substantial progress was made in addressing loan quality issues experienced in 2011 and 2012. As the Company’s access to off-balance sheet liquidity improved, it allowed for the investment of funds previously held at the Federal Reserve Bank and included in interest bearing deposits with banks, into higher yielding, longer duration, securities available for sale. As it is anticipated the loan portfolio will grow in 2014, purchases that took place in 2013 were primarily in mortgage backed securities or collateralized mortgage-backed obligations, as these instruments provide monthly cash flows that will allow the Company to meet loan demand. An additional consideration that factored into our investment strategy was to acquire securities that would allow for strengthening of capital ratios, and typically represented 0% or 20% risk weighted assets. State and political subdivisions, including those deemed to be taxable to the Company, provided an attractive yield to the Company, and were purchased during 2013.

 

39


Table of Contents

The following table shows the maturities of investment securities at book value as of December 31, 2013, and weighted average yields of such securities. Yields are shown on a tax equivalent basis, assuming a 34% federal income tax rate.

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Within 1
year
    After 1 year
but within 5
years
    After 5 years
but within
10 years
    After 10
years
    Total  

U. S. Government Agencies

          

Book value

   $ 0      $ 0      $ 1,693      $ 23,917      $ 25,610   

Yield

     0.00     0.00     0.77     1.08     1.06

Average maturity (years)

     0.0        0.0        9.7        23.9        23.0   

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSE)

          

Book value

     1,661        0        12,770        0        14,431   

Yield

     1.06     0.00     2.07     0.00     1.95

Average maturity (years)

     0.6        0.0        7.6        0.0        6.8   

States and political subdivisions

          

Book value

     580        380        16,346        58,188        75,494   

Yield

     4.30     3.32     3.07     3.48     3.40

Average maturity (years)

     0.5        2.5        8.6        13.3        12.1   

GSE Residential mortgage-backed securities

          

Book value

     0        1,065        9,511        187,873        198,449   

Yield

     0.00     2.68     2.12     1.53     1.56

Average maturity (years)

     0.0        4.8        8.0        21.7        21.0   

GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations(CMO)

          

Book value

     0        992        0        39,510        40,502   

Yield

     0.00     3.10     0.00     2.44     2.46

Average maturity (years)

     0.0        4.2        0.0        22.1        21.7   

GSE commercial CMOs

          

Book value

     0        0        49,131        10,681        59,812   

Yield

     0.00     0.00     2.63     1.14     2.36

Average maturity (years)

     0.0        0.0        8.8        31.6        12.9   

Total

          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value

   $ 2,241      $ 2,437      $ 89,451      $ 320,169      $ 414,298   

Yield

     1.90     2.95     2.54     1.95     2.08

Average maturity (years)

     0.6        4.2        8.5        20.7        17.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The average maturity is based on contractual terms of the debt or mortgage backed securities, and does not factor into required repayments or anticipated prepayments that may exist. As of December 31, 2013, the weighted average estimated life of the mortgage-backed and collateralized mortgage obligation securities is less than 5.3 years based on current interest rates and anticipated prepayment speeds.

Loan Portfolio

The Company offers various products to meet the credit needs of our borrowers, principally consisting of commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, and retail loans consisting of loans secured by residential properties, and to a lesser extent, installment loans. No loans are extended to non-domestic borrowers or governments.

With certain exceptions, we are permitted under applicable law to make loans to single borrowers (including certain related persons and entities) in aggregate amounts of up to 15% of the sum of total capital and the allowance for loan losses. The Company’s legal lending limit to one borrower was approximately $17,300,000 at December 31, 2013.

 

40


Table of Contents

The risks associated with lending activities differ among the various loan classes, and are subject to the impact of changes in interest rates, market conditions of collateral securing the loans, and general economic conditions. All of these factors may adversely impact the borrower’s ability to repay its loans, and impact the associated collateral. For a further discussion on the types of loans the Company makes and related risks, please see Note 4 – “Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference.

The loan portfolio, excluding residential loans held for sale, broken out by classes as of December 31 is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 

Commercial real estate:

              

Owner-occupied

   $ 111,290       $ 144,290       $ 199,646       $ 172,000       $ 149,149   

Non-owner occupied

     135,953         120,930         141,037         143,372         122,287   

Multi-family

     22,882         21,745         27,327         24,649         24,898   

Non-owner occupied residential

     55,272         66,381         147,027         153,467         151,014   

Acquisition and development:

              

1-4 family residential construction

     3,338         2,850         7,098         29,297         21,977   

Commercial and land development

     19,440         30,375         77,564         88,105         88,902   

Commercial and industrial

     33,446         39,340         71,084         72,334         66,106   

Municipal

     60,996         68,018         59,789         38,142         29,215   

Residential mortgage:

              

First lien

     124,728         108,601         104,327         119,450         100,413   

Home equity – term

     20,131         14,747         37,513         40,818         55,993   

Home equity – Lines of credit

     77,377         79,448         80,951         71,547         58,146   

Installment and other loans

     6,184         7,014         12,077         11,112         12,380   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 671,037       $ 703,739       $ 965,440       $ 964,293       $ 880,480   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition to the Company monitoring its loan portfolio as segregated by loan class noted above, it also monitors concentrations by industry. The Bank’s lending policy defines an industry concentration as one that exceeds 25% of the Bank’s total risk-based capital. The following industry meets the concentration criteria defined by the Bank’s Lending Policy at December 31, 2013:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Balance      % of Total Loans     % of Bank’s Equity  

Hotels (except casinos)

   $ 36,014         5.4     39.4

The loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 of $671,037,000 decreased $32,702,000 from $703,739,000 at December 31, 2012, which was below the $965,440,000 at December 31, 2011 that represents the Company’s highest balance for the years presented. The Company’s desire to improve its asset quality resulted in its disposal of a portion of its distressed asset portfolio during 2012, with an aggregate carrying balance of $73,820,000 during 2012. In addition, elevated charge-off levels were experienced in the commercial loan portfolio during 2012, primarily in the non-owner occupied, owner-occupied and commercial and land development portfolios. Given the softness in the economy within the Company’s footprint, management feels this was a prudent course of action in order to rehabilitate its loan portfolio. As a result of improved asset quality in 2013, the Company, in the second half of the year, again solicited current customers for new lending opportunities, as well as broadened its relationships within existing markets, and entered new markets. However, on a year-to-date basis, loan repayments have outpaced loan originations and resulted in the lower total loan balance.

Growth was experienced in the residential mortgage portfolio segment, which totaled $222,236,000 at December 31, 2013, a 9.6% increase over $202,796,000 at December 31, 2012. The Company elected to

 

41


Table of Contents

maintain, in its loan portfolio, a small portion of its shorter maturity (10 – 15 years) mortgage loans to provide a greater yield than what alternate investments could provide. Additionally, active promotion of home equity products led to increased balances during the year.

Commercial real estate, acquisition and development and commercial and industrial loan segments experienced lower balances at December 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012. This resulted from continued workout of classified loans in these categories which has resulted in payments outpacing new originations. Competition for these types of loans in our markets has been high, given the lack of activity and development in these markets.

Presented below are the expected maturities of the loans by type, and whether they are fixed-rate or adjustable rate loans as of December 31, 2013.

 

     Due In         
(Dollars in Thousands)    One Year
or Less
     One
Year Through
Five Years
     After Five
Years
     Total  

Acquisition and development:

           

1-4 family residential construction

           

Fixed rate

   $ 46       $ 1,813       $ 28       $ 1,887   

Adjustable and floating rate

     346         340         765         1,451   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     392         2,153         793         3,338   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial and land development

           

Fixed rate

     12         1,625         1,708         3,345   

Adjustable and floating rate

     3,477         1,746         10,872         16,095   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,489         3,371         12,580         19,440   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

           

Fixed rate

     399         4,852         1,723         6,974   

Adjustable and floating rate

     9,300         2,761         14,411         26,472   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     9,699         7,613         16,134         33,446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 13,580       $ 13,137       $ 29,507       $ 56,224   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The variable rate loans shown above include semi-fixed loans that contractually will adjust with prime after the interest lock period which may be up to 10 years. At December 31, 2013 there were approximately $10,696,000 of such loans.

Asset Quality

Risk Elements

The Company’s loan portfolios are subject to varying degrees of credit risk. Credit risk is mitigated through the Company’s underwriting standards, on-going credit review, and monitoring asset quality measures. Additionally, loan portfolio diversification, limiting exposure to a single industry or borrower, and requiring collateral also mitigate the Company’s risk of credit loss.

The Company’s loan portfolio is principally to borrowers in south central Pennsylvania and Washington County, Maryland. As the majority of loans are concentrated in this geographic region, a substantial portion of the debtor’s ability to honor their obligations may be affected by the level of economic activity in the market area.

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual and restructured loans and foreclosed real estate. In addition, loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing are also deemed to be risk assets. For all loan classes, the

 

42


Table of Contents

accrual of interest income ceases when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more and collateral is inadequate to cover principal and interest or immediately if, in the opinion of management, full collection is unlikely. Interest will continue to accrue on loans past due 90 days or more if the collateral is adequate to cover principal and interest, and the loan is in the process of collection. Interest accrued, but not collected, as of the date of placement on nonaccrual status, is generally reversed and charged against interest income, unless fully collateralized. Subsequent payments received are either applied to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on management’s assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal. Loans are returned to accrual status, for all loan classes, when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current, the loans have performed in accordance with the contractual terms of the note for a reasonable period of time, generally six months, and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is reasonably assured. Past due status is based on contract terms of the loan.

Loans, the terms of which are modified, are classified as troubled debt restructurings if a concession was granted, for legal or economic reasons, related to a debtor’s financial difficulties. Concessions granted under a troubled debt restructuring typically involve a temporary deferral of scheduled loan payments, an extension of a loan’s stated maturity date, temporary reduction in interest rates, or below market rates. If a modification occurs while the loan is on accruing status, it will continue to accrue interest under the modified terms. Nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings are restored to accrual status if scheduled principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are current for six months after modification, and the borrower continues to demonstrate its ability to meet the modified terms. Troubled debt restructurings are evaluated individually for impairment if they have been restructured during the most recent calendar year, or if they are not performing according to their modified terms.

The following table presents the Company’s risk elements, including information concerning the aggregate balances of nonaccrual, restructured, loans past due 90 days or more, and foreclosed real estate as of December 31. Relevant asset quality ratios are also presented.

 

(Dollars in Thousands)    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

Loans on nonaccrual basis

   $ 19,347      $ 17,943      $ 83,697      $ 13,896      $ 4,267   

Other real estate owned (OREO)

     987        1,876        2,165        1,112        1,065   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

     20,334        19,819        85,862        15,008        5,332   

Restructured loans still accruing

     5,988        3,092        27,917        1,180        0   

Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing

     0        0        0        2,248        6,155   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming and other risk assets

   $ 26,322      $ 22,911      $ 113,779      $ 18,436      $ 11,487   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans 30-89 days past due

   $ 3,963      $ 3,578      $ 6,723      $ 5,335      $ 19,043   

Ratio of:

          

Total nonperforming loans to loans

     2.88     2.55     8.67     1.44     0.48

Total nonperforming assets to assets

     1.73     1.61     5.95     0.99     0.45

Total nonperforming assets to total loans and OREO

     3.03     2.81     8.87     1.55     0.60

Total risk assets to total loans and OREO

     3.92     3.25     11.76     1.91     1.30

Total risk assets to total assets

     2.23     1.86     7.88     1.22     0.96

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     3.12     3.29     4.53     1.66     1.26

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans

     108.36     129.11     52.23     115.28     259.36

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans and restructured loans still accruing

     82.75     110.13     39.17     106.26     259.36

 

43


Table of Contents

A further breakdown of impaired loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 

     2013      2012  
     Nonaccrual
Loans
     Restructured
Loans Still
Accruing
     Total      Nonaccrual
Loans
     Restructured
Loans Still
Accruing
     Total  

Commercial real estate:

                 

Owner occupied

   $ 4,362         200       $ 4,562       $ 2,417       $ 0       $ 2,417   

Non-owner occupied

     2,849         4,268         7,117         1,481         1,981         3,462   

Multi-family

     322         0         322         19         0         19   

Non-owner occupied residential

     4,493         0         4,493         5,164         204         5,368   

Acquisition and development

                 

1-4 family residential construction

     0         0         0         909         0         909   

Commercial and land development

     2,106         1,071         3,177         3,809         0         3,809   

Commercial and industrial

     2,001         0         2,001         1,696         122         1,818   

Residential mortgage:

                 

First lien

     2,926         449         3,375         1,833         749         2,582   

Home equity – term

     107         0         107         57         0         57   

Home equity – lines of credit

     181         0         181         556         36         592   

Installment and other loans

     0         0         0         2         0         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 19,347       $ 5,988       $ 25,335       $ 17,943       $ 3,092       $ 21,035   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In the second quarter of 2011, the Company began to experience deterioration in asset quality as a result of the continued softness in economic conditions and collateral values. Subsequent to the highs levels of nonperforming assets and restructured loans recorded in 2011, the Company continued to actively identify and monitor nonperforming assets and other risk assets, and has acted aggressively to address the credit quality issues. Risk assets, defined as nonaccrual loans, restructured and loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing, and real estate owned, declined from the high of $113,779,000 at December 31, 2011, to significantly lower levels at December 31, 2012 and 2013. One strategy employed by the Company in 2012 to reduce its level of non-performing loans included two bulk sales of distressed assets. The bulk sales allowed the Company to sell nearly 240 loans with an aggregate carrying balance of $73,820,000 to third parties, which netted the Company $51,753,000 in cash proceeds. The difference between the carrying balance of the loans sold and the cash received, or $22,067,000, was recorded as a charge to the allowance for loan losses.

Risk assets at December 31, 2013 totaled $26,322,000, a 14.9% increase from December 31, 2012’s balance of $22,911,000. The risk element that showed the greatest percentage increase was restructured loans still accruing, which totaled $5,988,000 at December 31, 2013, a $2,896,000, or 93.7% increase from December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily the result of one relationship in which the borrower was experiencing reduced cash flows, and the Company has been working with the borrower during this period.

The allowance for loan losses totaled $20,965,000 at December 31, 2013, a $2,201,000 decrease from $23,166,000 at December 31, 2012, principally due to a negative provision for loan losses of $3,150,000 recorded in 2013, partially offset by net recoveries of $949,000 for the year. Despite the negative provision for loan losses recorded during 2013, the allowance for loan losses to total loans ratio was 3.12% at December 31, 2013, and the allowance for loan losses coverage ratio of nonaccrual loans and restructured loans remained strong at 82.8%. A priority of the Company is to continue to work through its nonaccrual loans and other risk elements, in an attempt to reduce the levels of these underperforming assets, and to the extent possible, recover amounts previously charged-off. As new information is learned about borrowers or updated appraisals on real estate with lower fair values are obtained, the Company may continue to experience additional impaired loans.

 

44


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2013, recoveries of $6,676,000 have been credited to the allowance for loan losses, with recoveries on two large relationships contributing $5,639,000 of the total. These recoveries on previously charged off relationships are the result of successful loan monitoring and workout solutions. Although recoveries are difficult to predict, additional recoveries that the Company receives will be used to replenish the allowance for loan losses. Future negative provisions could result if it is determined that the reserve is adequate at the time of recovery.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had 68 lending relationships that had loans that were considered impaired, and were included in the impaired loan balance of $25,335,000. The exposure to these borrowers with impaired loans is summarized in the following table, along with the partial charge-offs taken to date and the specific reserves established on the relationships at December 31, 2013.

 

(Dollars in thousands)    # of
Loans
     Recorded
Investment
     Partial
Charge-offs
to Date
     Specific
Reserves at
December 31,
2013
 

Relationships greater than $1,000,000

     6       $ 13,014       $ 543       $ 0   

Relationships greater than $500,000 but less than $1,000,000

     6         3,664         120         0   

Relationships greater than $250,000 but less than $500,000

     11         4,083         913         455   

Relationships less than $250,000

     45         4,574         1,050         158   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     68       $ 25,335       $ 2,626       $ 613   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company takes partial charge-offs on collateral dependent loans whose carrying value exceeded their estimated fair value, as determined by the most recent appraisal adjusted for current (within the quarter) conditions, less costs to dispose. ASC 310 impairment reserves remain in those situations in which updated appraisals are pending, and represent management’s estimate of potential loss.

Of the relationships deemed to be impaired, six have outstanding book balances in excess of $1,000,000, totaling $13,014,000, or 51% of the total impaired loan balance. Forty-five of the relationships, or two-thirds of the total number of impaired relationships, have recorded balances less than $250,000. A summary of the impaired relationships in excess of $1,000,000 are discussed below.

In 2013, the Company classified a relationship with a borrower in the food service and entertainment industry as impaired, based on the restructuring negotiations with the borrower. Management expects the notes to continue to perform under the restructured terms and considers the loan adequately supported by the collateral securing the note, allowing for the note to remain on accrual status. This relationship, with a balance of nearly $3,600,000, represents the Company’s largest impaired relationship at December 31, 2013, and is classified as impaired, as by definition, troubled debt restructurings are impaired. After evaluation of the relationship in accordance with impairment guidance, it was determined no reserve was required.

A second relationship with a book balance of approximately $2,600,000 is in nonaccrual status at December 31, 2013. The impaired relationship consists of several notes secured by multi-family rental properties and food services establishments. The borrower began to experience financial difficulties due to increased competition in the market area. After evaluation, the Company charged off loans that it deemed not to be collectible, and as of December 31, 2013, there were no specific reserves or partial charge-offs on the remaining loans. In the first quarter of 2014, approximately $1,900,000 of the relationship was paid off, with no additional charge-offs recorded.

An additional relationship that the Company has determined to be impaired at December 31, 2013 is with a real estate developer who also actively leases residential properties. This relationship consists of separate loans with total outstanding book balances of $2,150,000, secured by different parcels of land or residential structures.

 

45


Table of Contents

Recent appraisals on the collateral securing the outstanding loans resulted in the relationship being placed in nonaccrual status, as the softening of real estate prices and rental prices, and the lengthening of absorption periods resulted in it being classified and evaluated as a collateral dependent impaired loan. To date, partial charge-offs or specific reserves of approximately 24.0% of the outstanding loan balances have been taken. The Company is actively working with the borrower to reduce its outstanding loan balances, which has resulted in a reduction of the loan balances of over $940,000 during 2013.

Another relationship that includes impaired loans and had a balance of approximately $1,941,000 is with a borrower that purchased a large parcel of land in the Company’s market area. The loan is current with respect to the interest only payment requirements. Because there have been no sales to date, and several extension requests, the loan was placed in nonaccrual status. Due to the guarantee of this debt by several development authorities, combined with a strong loan to value ratio, no partial charge-offs or specific reserves have been established on this loan as of December 31, 2013. This loan was paid off in the first quarter of 2014, and all amounts contractually due were received by the Company.

In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company moved a note to a commercial lessor with an outstanding balance of approximately $1,450,000 to nonaccrual status. This decision was made, despite the loan being current as to both principal and interest, as a result of declining cash flows of the Company, and the potential for further reduction in cash available to service debt in the near future. The Company believes it is well secured on this loan, and does not feel a loss will be incurred on it.

The last impaired relationship with a balance in excess of $1,000,000 at December 31, 2013, which is with a wholesaler that supplied inventory to the commercial construction industry, has a remaining balance of nearly $1,350,000 at December 31, 2013, and consists of one remaining loan and piece of collateral on a residence. This balance represents a substantial reduction from December 31, 2012, when the total exposure was $3,150,000. During 2013, the Company received payments of nearly $1,340,000, and charged-off an additional $450,000 of the aggregate loan balance. After liquidation of collateral in accordance with bankruptcy proceedings, the remaining balance at December 31, 2013 is adequately secured by the real estate, and it was determined no reserves were required on the balance. In the first quarter of 2014, the Company foreclosed on the property securing the loan and took title to the property.

The Company has approximately 62 additional relationships with borrowers that include loans that are individually evaluated for impairment, and has taken a similar approach to those mentioned above in determining the extent of full or partial charge-offs that were required, or ASC 310 reserves that may be needed. The determination of the Company’s charge-offs or impairment reserve determination properly included an evaluation of the outstanding loan balance, and the related collateral securing the credit. Through a combination of collateral securing the loans and partial charge-offs taken to date, the Company believes that it has adequately provided for the potential losses that it may incur on these relationships as of December 31, 2013. However, over time, additional information may become known that could result in increased reserve allocations or, alternatively, it may be deemed that the reserve allocations exceed those that are needed.

The Company’s foreclosed real estate balance of $987,000 consists of six properties owned by the Company, five of which were commercial properties and totaled $904,000, and one residential property that totaled $83,000. The largest commercial property is a commercial land parcel with a carrying value of $276,000. A second commercial property with a carrying value of $262,000 was land originally purchased by the Company for future expansion purposes. During 2011, it was determined that this property was no longer in the Company’s strategic plans, and as such, the Company re-designated the property as held for sale. The remaining properties have carrying values less than $210,000 and are also carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less costs to dispose.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company believes the value of foreclosed assets represents their fair values, but if the real estate market remains challenging, additional charges may be needed.

 

46


Table of Contents

Credit Risk Management

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level believed adequate by management to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio. The allowance is established and maintained through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Quarterly, management assesses the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses utilizing a defined methodology, which considers specific credit evaluation of impaired loans, past loan loss historical experience, and qualitative factors. Management believes the approach properly addresses the requirements of ASC Section 310-10-35 for loans individually identified as impaired, and ASC Subtopic 450-20 for loans collectively evaluated for impairment, and other bank regulatory guidance.

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. See Note 4, “Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the methodology for establishing the allowance and provision for loan losses and related procedures in establishing the appropriate level of reserve, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

In order to monitor ongoing risk associated with its loan portfolio and specific credits within the segments, management uses an internal grading system. The first several rating categories, representing the lowest risk to the Bank, are combined and given a “Pass” rating. Management generally follows regulatory definitions in assigning criticized ratings to loans, including special mention, substandard, doubtful or loss. The “Special Mention” category includes loans that have potential weaknesses that may, if not monitored or corrected, weaken the asset or inadequately protect the Bank’s position at some future date. These assets pose elevated risk, but their weakness does not yet justify a more severe, or classified rating. “Substandard” loans are classified as they have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses that jeopardize liquidation of the debt. These loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. “Substandard” loans include loans that management has determined not to be impaired, as well as loans considered to be impaired. A “Doubtful” loan has a high probability of total or substantial loss, but because of specific pending events that may strengthen the asset; its classification of loss is deferred. “Loss” assets are considered uncollectible, as the underlying borrowers are often in bankruptcy, have suspended debt repayments, or ceased business operations. Once a loan is classified as “Loss”, there is little prospect of collecting the loan’s principal or interest and it is generally written off.

The Bank has a loan review policy and program which is designed to mitigate risk in the lending function. The ERM Committee, comprised of executive officers and loan department personnel, is charged with oversight of the overall credit quality and risk exposure of the Bank’s loan portfolio. This includes the monitoring of the lending activities of all Bank personnel with respect to underwriting and processing new loans and the timely follow-up and corrective action for loans showing signs of deterioration in quality. The loan review program provides the Bank with an independent review of the Bank’s loan portfolio on an ongoing basis. Generally, consumer and residential mortgage loans are included in the Pass categories unless a specific action, such as extended delinquencies, bankruptcy, repossession or death of the borrower occurs, which heightens awareness as to a possible credit event.

Loan reviews are completed annually on all commercial relationships with a committed loan balance in excess of $1,000,000. Loan review documentation is submitted to the ERM Committee no less than quarterly with a formal review and rating as presented by independent loan review personnel. In addition, all relationships greater than $250,000 rated Substandard, Doubtful or Loss are reviewed by the ERM Committee on a quarterly basis, with reaffirmation of the rating as approved by the Bank’s Loan Work Out Committee or loan review staff.

 

47


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the Bank’s ratings based on its internal risk rating system as of December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Pass      Special
Mention
     Non-Impaired
Substandard
     Impaired -
Substandard
     Doubtful      Total  

December 31, 2013

                 

Commercial real estate:

                 

Owner-occupied

   $ 92,063       $ 3,305       $ 11,360       $ 4,107       $ 455       $ 111,290   

Non-owner occupied

     107,113         6,904         14,819         7,117         0         135,953   

Multi-family

     20,091         2,132         337         322         0         22,882   

Non-owner occupied residential

     42,007         4,982         3,790         4,493         0         55,272   

Acquisition and development:

                 

1-4 family residential construction

     3,292         0         46         0         0         3,338   

Commercial and land development

     14,118         1,433         712         3,177         0         19,440   

Commercial and industrial

     28,933         2,129         383         1,878         123         33,446   

Municipal

     60,996         0         0         0         0         60,996   

Residential mortgage:

                 

First lien

     121,353         0         0         3,327         48         124,728   

Home equity – term

     20,024         0         0         94         13         20,131   

Home equity – Lines of credit

     77,187         0         9         181         0         77,377   

Installment and other loans

     6,184         0         0         0         0         6,184   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 593,361       $ 20,885       $ 31,456       $ 24,696       $ 639       $ 671,037   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

                 

Commercial real estate:

                 

Owner-occupied

   $ 121,333       $ 11,917       $ 8,623       $ 2,229       $ 188       $ 144,290   

Non-owner occupied

     95,876         7,351         14,241         3,462         0         120,930   

Multi-family

     17,205         3,936         585         19         0         21,745   

Non-owner occupied residential

     45,468         12,199         3,346         5,368         0         66,381   

Acquisition and development:

                 

1-4 family residential construction

     1,608         333         0         198         711         2,850   

Commercial and land development

     14,793         8,937         2,836         3,208         601         30,375   

Commercial and industrial

     33,380         3,713         429         566         1,252         39,340   

Municipal

     68,018         0         0         0         0         68,018   

Residential mortgage:

                 

First lien

     101,390         3,026         1,604         2,581         0         108,601   

Home equity – term

     14,403         52         235         57         0         14,747   

Home equity – Lines of credit

     76,418         1,073         1,365         592         0         79,448   

Installment and other loans

     6,998         11         3         2         0         7,014   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 596,890       $ 52,548       $ 33,267       $ 18,282       $ 2,752       $ 703,739   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Potential problem loans are defined as performing loans, which have characteristics that cause management to have concerns as to the ability of the borrower to perform under present loan repayment terms and which may result in the reporting of these loans as non-performing loans in the future. Generally, management feels that “Substandard” loans that are currently performing and not considered impaired, result in some doubt as to the borrower’s ability to continue to perform under the terms of the loan, and represent potential problem loans. Additionally, the “Special Mention” classification is intended to be a temporary classification, and is reflective of loans that have potential weaknesses that may, if not monitored or corrected, weaken the asset or inadequately protect the Bank’s position at some future date. “Special Mention” loans represent an elevated risk, but their weakness does not yet justify a more severe, or classified rating. These loans require follow-up by lenders on the information that may cause the potential weakness, and once resolved, the loan classification may be downgraded to “Substandard,” or alternatively, could be upgraded to “Pass.”

 

48


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the average recorded investment in impaired loans and related interest income recognized, on loans deemed impaired on a cash basis, and interest income earned but not recognized for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Average
Impaired
Balance
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Interest
Earned
But Not
Recognized
 

December 31, 2013

        

Commercial real estate:

        

Owner-occupied

   $ 3,528       $ 147       $ 192   

Non-owner occupied

     4,307         145         44   

Multi-family

     135         16         6   

Non-owner occupied residential

     4,799         77         180   

Acquisition and development:

        

1-4 family residential construction

     481         0         0   

Commercial and land development

     3,009         49         127   

Commercial and industrial

     1,780         45         46   

Residential mortgage:

        

First lien

     2,697         140         103   

Home equity – term

     59         8         2   

Home equity – lines of credit

     305         6         2   

Installment and other loans

     1         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 21,101       $ 633       $ 702   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

        

Commercial real estate:

        

Owner-occupied

   $ 8,374       $ 20       $ 131   

Non-owner occupied

     14,372         69         260   

Multi-family

     3,940         0         10   

Non-owner occupied residential

     20,284         61         288   

Acquisition and development:

        

1-4 family residential construction

     1,542         26         16   

Commercial and land development

     12,652         252         168   

Commercial and industrial

     2,691         43         55   

Residential mortgage:

        

First lien

     2,700         61         73   

Home equity – term

     156         2         4   

Home equity – lines of credit

     467         15         5   

Installment and other loans

     8         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 67,186       $ 549       $ 1,010   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

        

Commercial real estate:

        

Owner-occupied

   $ 4,530       $ 369       $ 187   

Non-owner occupied

     6,820         702         297   

Multi-family

     2,080         125         103   

Non-owner occupied residential

     22,820         1,559         267   

Acquisition and development:

        

1-4 family residential construction

     489         102         1   

Commercial and land development

     7,456         617         375   

Commercial and industrial

     5,355         75         82   

Residential mortgage:

        

First lien

     639         19         15   

Home equity – term

     685         69         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 50,874       $ 3,637       $ 1,328   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the average recorded investment in impaired loans and related interest income recognized for the periods indicated for the years ending December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2010      2009  

Average investment in impaired loans

   $ 26,066       $ 10,748   

Interest income recognized on a cash basis on impaired loans

     82         188   

Interest income earned but not recognized on impaired loans

     458         239   

Activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

    Commercial     Consumer              
(Dollars in thousands)   Commercial
Real Estate
    Acquisition
and
Development
    Commercial
and
Industrial
    Municipal     Total     Residential
Mortgage
    Installment
and Other
    Total     Unallocated     Total  

December 31, 2013

                   

Balance, beginning of period

  $ 13,719      $ 3,502      $ 1,635      $ 223      $ 19,079      $ 2,275      $ 85      $ 2,360      $ 1,727      $ 23,166   

Provision for loan losses

    4,109        (6,087     (3,478     21        (5,435     1,845        99        1,944        341        (3,150

Charge-offs

    (4,767     (193     (132     0        (5,092     (491     (144     (635     0        (5,727

Recoveries

    154        3,448        2,839        0        6,441        151        84        235        0        6,676   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $ 13,215      $ 670      $ 864      $ 244      $ 14,993      $ 3,780      $ 124      $ 3,904      $ 2,068      $ 20,965   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

                   

Balance, beginning of period

  $ 29,559      $ 9,708      $ 1,085      $ 789      $ 41,141      $ 933      $ 75      $ 1,008      $ 1,566      $ 43,715   

Provision for loan losses

    34,681        9,408        1,879        (566     45,402        2,602        135        2,737        161        48,300   

Charge-offs

    (53,492     (17,721     (1,624     0        (72,837     (1,279     (143     (1,422     0        (74,259

Recoveries

    2,971        2,107        295        0        5,373        19        18        37        0        5,410   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $ 13,719      $ 3,502      $ 1,635      $ 223      $ 19,079      $ 2,275      $ 85      $ 2,360      $ 1,727      $ 23,166   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

                   

Balance, beginning of period

  $ 7,875      $ 1,766      $ 3,870      $ 374      $ 13,885      $ 1,864      $ 106      $ 1,970      $ 165      $ 16,020   

Provision for loan losses

    31,407        18,557        7,037        415        57,416        (254     12        (242     1,401        58,575   

Charge-offs

    (9,748     (10,615     (9,827     0        (30,190     (680     (62     (742     0        (30,932

Recoveries

    25        0        5        0        30        3        19        22        0        52   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $ 29,559      $ 9,708      $ 1,085      $ 789      $ 41,141      $ 933      $ 75      $ 1,008      $ 1,566      $ 43,715   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

                   

Balance, beginning of period

  $ 4,328      $ 2,703      $ 507      $ 749      $ 8,287      $ 1,422      $ 96      $ 1,518      $ 1,262      $ 11,067   

Provision for loan losses

    5,857        281        3,332        (207     9,263        718        41        759        (1,097     8,925   

Charge-offs

    (2,312     (1,218     (32     (168     (3,730     (283     (54     (337     0        (4,067

Recoveries

    2        0        63        0        65        7        23        30        0        95   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $ 7,875      $ 1,766      $ 3,870      $ 374      $ 13,885      $ 1,864      $ 106      $ 1,970      $ 165      $ 16,020   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses, for the years ended before December 31, 2010 based on prior presentation, is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2009  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 7,140   
  

 

 

 

Loans charged off:

  

Commercial, financial and agricultural

     470   

Real estate – Commercial

     0   

Real estate – Mortgage

     416   

Consumer

     72   
  

 

 

 

Total loans charged off

     958   
  

 

 

 

Recoveries of loans previously charged off:

  

Commercial, financial and agricultural

     2   

Real estate – Commercial

     1   

Real estate – Mortgage

     6   

Consumer

     11   
  

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     20   
  

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

     4,865   
  

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 11,067   
  

 

 

 

A summary of relevant asset quality ratios for the five years ended December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

     (0.14 )%      8.01     3.11     0.44     0.11

Provision for loan losses to net charge-offs (recoveries)

     331.93     70.15     189.69     224.70     518.66

Ratio of reserve to gross loans outstanding at December 31

     3.12     3.29     4.53     1.66     1.26

Due to the trends in the national and local economies, as well as declines in real estate values in the Company’s market area, the allowance for loan losses continued to grow for the period from 2009 through 2011, consistent with the increase in the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding. As the Company worked through its risk assets, including the two loan sales in 2012, the allowance for loan losses decreased from $43,715,000 at December 31, 2011 to $23,166,000 at December 31, 2012. During 2013, the Company continued to focus on working through its risk assets, and based on favorable trends in charge-offs, it was able to further reduce the allowance for loan losses to $20,965,000 at December 31, 2013. During 2013, the Company experienced net recoveries of $949,000 compared to net charge-offs of $68,849,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, with the majority of the 2012 charge-offs occurring in the commercial real estate and commercial and land development loan portfolios. The significantly different net-charge off (recoveries) between periods results in similar variances in the ratios presented.

The Company recorded a negative provision for loan losses, or a reversal of amounts previously provided, of $3,150,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to expense of $48,300,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012. During 2013, the Company received payments on classified loans with partial charge-offs previously recorded. As payments received during the periods exceeded the carrying value of these loans, the excess was included in recoveries of amounts previously charged-off. In connection with the quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, it was determined that large recoveries specific to loans in one customer relationship were not needed to replenish the reserve, and were taken into income during 2013 through a negative provision for loan losses. The provision for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 of $48,300,000 and $58,575,000 reflect the levels needed to address the credit deterioration that took place in the loan portfolio during these periods.

 

51


Table of Contents

See further discussion in the “Provision for Loan Losses” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The allocation of the allowance for loan losses, as well as the percent of each loan type in relation to the total loan balance, is as follows:

 

    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
    Amount     % of
Loan
Type to
Total
Loans
    Amount     % of
Loan
Type to
Total
Loans
    Amount     % of
Loan
Type to
Total
Loans
    Amount     % of
Loan
Type to
Total
Loans
    Amount     % of
Loan
Type to
Total
Loans
 

Commercial real estate:

                   

Owner-occupied

  $ 3,583        17   $ 2,504        21   $ 3,063        21   $ 1,852        18   $ 1,660        18

Non-owner occupied

    6,024        20     5,022        17     8,579        14     3,034        15     932        14

Multi-family

    1,699        3     2,944        3     2,222        3     438        3     15        3

Non-owner occupied residential

    1,909        8     3,249        9     15,695        15     2,551        16     1,721        17

Acquisition and development:

                   

1-4 family residential construction

    196        0     198        0     1,404        1     314        3     364        2

Commercial and land development

    474        3     3,304        4     8,304        8     1,453        9     2,339        10

Commercial and industrial

    864        5     1,635        6     1,085        8     3,870        8     507        8

Municipal

    244        9     223        10     789        6     374        4     749        3

Residential mortgage:

                   

First lien

    1,682        19     957        16     317        11     1,033        12     825        11

Home equity - term

    465        3     252        2     335        4     345        4     146        6

Home equity - Lines of credit

    1,633        12     1,066        11     281        8     485        7     451        7

Installment and other loans

    124        1     85        1     75        1     106        1     96        1

Unallocated

    2,068          1,727          1,566          165          1,262     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 20,965        100   $ 23,166        100   $ 43,715        100   $ 16,020        100   $ 11,067        100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the ending loan balance individually or collectively evaluated for impairment based upon loan type, as well as the allowance for loan loss allocation for each at December 31.

 

    Commercial     Consumer              
(Dollars in thousands)   Commercial
Real Estate
    Acquisition
and
Development
    Commercial
and
Industrial
    Municipal     Total     Residential
Mortgage
    Installment
and Other
    Total     Unallocated     Total  

December 31, 2013

                   

Loans allocated by:

                   

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 16,494      $ 3,177      $ 2,001      $ 0      $ 21,672      $ 3,663      $ 0      $ 3,663      $ 0      $ 25,335   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    308,903        19,601        31,445        60,996        420,945        218,573        6,184        224,757        0        645,702   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 325,397      $ 22,778      $ 33,446      $ 60,996      $ 442,617      $ 222,236      $ 6,184      $ 228,420      $ 0      $ 671,037   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses allocated by:

               

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 552      $ 0      $ 0      $ 0      $ 552      $ 61      $ 0      $ 61      $ 0      $ 613   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    12,663        670        864        244        14,441        3,719        124        3,843        2,068        20,352   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 13,215      $ 670      $ 864      $ 244      $ 14,993      $ 3,780      $ 124      $ 3,904      $ 2,068      $ 20,965   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

               

Loans allocated by:

               

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 11,266      $ 4,718      $ 1,818      $ 0      $ 17,802      $ 3,230      $ 2      $ 3,232      $ 0      $ 21,034   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    342,080        28,507        37,522        68,018        476,127        199,566        7,012        206,578        0        682,705   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 353,346      $ 33,225      $ 39,340      $ 68,018      $ 493,929      $ 202,796      $ 7,014      $ 209,810      $ 0      $ 703,739   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses allocated by:

               

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 375      $ 9      $ 928      $ 0      $ 1,312      $ 0      $ 0      $ 0      $ 0      $ 1,312   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    13,344        3,493        707        223        17,767        2,275        85        2,360        1,727        21,854   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 13,719      $ 3,502      $ 1,635      $ 223      $ 19,079      $ 2,275      $ 85      $ 2,360      $ 1,727      $ 23,166   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The allowance for loan losses allocations presented above represent the reserve allocations on loan balances outstanding at December 31 in the respective years. In addition to the reserve allocations on impaired loans noted above, approximately 19 loans, with outstanding general ledger principal balances of $5,342,000, have had cumulative partial charge-offs to the allowance for loan losses recorded totaling $2,626,000. As updated appraisals were received on collateral dependent loans, partial charge-offs were taken to the extent the loans’ principal balance exceeded their fair value.

Management believes the allocation of the allowance for loan losses between the various loan segments adequately reflects the inherent risk in each portfolio, and is based on the methodology outlined in “Note 4 – Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses” included in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Management re-evaluates and makes certain enhancements to its methodology used to establish a reserve to better reflect the risks inherent in the different segments of the portfolio, particularly in light of increased charge-offs, with noticeable differences between the different loan segments. Management believes these enhancements to the allowance for loan losses methodology improve the accuracy of quantifying losses presently inherent in the portfolio. Management charges actual loan losses to the reserve and bases the provision for loan losses on the overall analysis taking the methodology into account.

The largest component of the reserve for the years presented has been allocated to the commercial real estate segment, and in particular the non-owner occupied loan classes. The higher allocations in these loans

 

53


Table of Contents

classes as compared to the other loan classes is consistent with the inherent risk associated with the loans, as well as generally higher levels of impaired and criticized loans for the periods presented.

The acquisition and development loan segment’s allowance for loan losses has decreased from $3,502,000 at December 31, 2012 to $670,000 at December 31, 2013. The factors contributing to this decline are a 39% reduction in criticized assets, a 31% reduction in loan balances, as well as net recoveries during the year of $3,255,000 which positively impacted quantitative and qualitative loss factors.

The reserve allocation on the residential mortgage portfolio segment, in total, has increased from $2,275,000 at December 31, 2012 to $3,780,000 at December 31, 2013. This increase is consistent with generally higher outstanding loan balances of impaired loans in the first lien and home equity categories. In addition, some softening in the residential real estate market has led to increased qualitative reserves established on this portfolio.

The unallocated portion of the allowance for loan losses reflects estimated inherent losses within the portfolio that have not been detected. This reserve results due to risk of error in the specific and general reserve allocation, other potential exposure in the loan portfolio, variances in management’s assessment of national and local economic conditions and other factors management believes appropriate at the time. The unallocated portion of the allowance has increased in 2013 from $1,727,000 at December 31, 2012 to $2,068,000 at December 31, 2013 and represents 9.9% of the entire allowance for loan losses balance at December 31, 2013, compared to 7.5% at December 31, 2012.

While management believes the Company’s allowance for loan losses is adequate based on information currently available, future adjustments to the reserve and enhancements to the methodology may be necessary due to changes in economic conditions, regulatory guidance, or management’s assumptions as to future delinquencies or loss rates.

Deposit Products

On an average daily basis, total deposits were $1,034,879,000 in 2013, a decrease of 10.7%, or $123,538,000, from 2012. In 2012, the average daily balance decreased 7.0% compared to 2011. Despite a decline in total deposits, the Company experienced growth in its non-interest bearing demand and savings deposit core funding sources. Interest bearing demand deposit account balances, which averaged $484,114,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, represents a 5.4% decline from the average balance of $511,800,000 in 2012. Declines were noted in certain legacy account product offerings, which the Company has begun to migrate to other offerings, and we have lost some rate and fee sensitive customers. As the Company’s liquidity is relatively strong, we have not matched competitor rates in certain product offerings, which has led to some lost customers.

Average time deposits were $352,905,000 in 2013, a decrease of 22.5%, or $102,602,000, compared to the average balance of $455,507,000 in 2012. This follows a 20.7% reduction in average time deposits that took place in 2012, from the $574,079,000 average balance in 2011. The steady decline in average time deposit balances reflects different growth strategies in each of the years presented. In the first half of 2011, the Company was growing its loan and asset balances, and was able to grow its time deposits, which funded asset growth. In the latter half of 2011 and in 2012, the Company’s growth strategy changed as it experienced significant credit losses. As the Company began to re-engineer its loan origination and credit administration processes and procedures to better manage credit risk, loan growth slowed significantly which allowed the Company to enhance its procedures and maintain its capital ratios. This change in strategy in the latter half of 2011 that continued throughout 2012 reduced the need for time deposits. In addition, the Company has slowed its brokered deposit offerings as well. The average balance of brokered time deposits decreased from $88,317,000 for the year ended 2012 to $62,713,000 in 2013, which is included in time deposits above.

Management continually evaluates its utilization of brokered deposits, and considers the interest rate curve and regulatory views on non-core funding sources, and balances this funding source with its funding needs based

 

54


Table of Contents

on growth initiatives. The Company anticipates that as loan growth increases, it will be able to obtain deposit funding through offering competitive rates.

The average amounts of deposits are summarized below for the years ended December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2011  

Demand deposits

   $ 119,146       $ 116,930       $ 113,157   

Interest bearing demand deposits

     484,114         511,800         486,793   

Savings deposits

     78,714         74,180         71,059   

Time deposits

     352,905         455,507         574,079   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 1,034,879       $ 1,158,417       $ 1,245,088   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a breakdown of maturities of time deposits of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2013.

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Total  

Three months or less

   $ 43,486   

Over three months through six months

     26,485   

Over six months through one year

     26,272   

Over one year

     38,329   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 134,572   
  

 

 

 

Short Term Borrowings

In addition to deposit products, the Company also uses short term borrowings as a funding source. A component of short-term borrowings include securities sold under agreements to repurchase with deposit customers, in which the customer sweeps a portion of its deposit balance into a Repurchase Agreement, which is a secured borrowing as a pool of securities are pledged against the balances.

Information concerning securities sold under agreements to repurchase as of and for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Balance at year end

   $ 9,032      $ 9,650      $ 15,013   

Average balance during the year

     13,772        19,072        60,737   

Average interest rate during the year

     0.20     0.38     0.52

Maximum month-end balance during the year

     19,105        33,752        98,906   

Securities underlying the agreements at year-end:

      

Carrying value

     52,936        72,081        76,006   

Estimated fair value

     52,024        72,717        77,485   

Additional short-term borrowing sources include borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, federal funds purchased, and to a lesser extent, the FRB discount window.

Information concerning the use of these other short term borrowings as of and for the years ended December 31 is summarized as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Balance at year end

   $ 50,000      $ 0      $ 20,000   

Average balance during the year

     10,540        11,509        2,534   

Average interest rate during the year

     0.31     0.40     0.24

Maximum month-end balance during the year

     50,000        20,000        20,000   

 

55


Table of Contents

In 2013, the Company used short-term borrowings to meet the Company’s liquidity needs, and allowed for the temporary funding of maturing brokered deposits and other long-term debt as the Company tries to actively market its deposit products and grow its core funding sources.

Long-Term Debt

The Company also utilizes long term debt, consisting principally of Federal Home Loan Bank fixed and amortizing advances to fund its balance sheet. As of December 31, 2013, long-term debt totaled $16,077,000 which was $21,393,000 less than 2012’s year-end balance of $37,470,000. The net decrease in long term debt was the result of pay downs during the year with no additional advances. During the year, the Company’s reliance on long-term debt diminished as the decline in long-term commercial loans reduced the Company’s need for longer-term funding. The Company will continue to evaluate its funding needs and interest rate movements in its evaluation as to the timing and extent of when it enters into long-term borrowings.

Capital Adequacy and Regulatory Matters

Capital Resources. The management of capital in a regulated financial services industry must properly balance return on equity to its stockholders while maintaining sufficient levels of capital and related risk-based regulatory capital ratios to satisfy statutory regulatory requirements. The Company’s capital management strategies have historically been developed to provide attractive rates of returns to its shareholders, while maintaining a “well capitalized” position of regulatory strength.

Total shareholders’ equity increased $3,745,000 from $87,694,000 at December 31, 2012 to $91,439,000 at December 31, 2013. The primary reason for the net increase in shareholders’ equity was the $10,004,000 net income recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013, partially offset by unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net of tax of $6,641,000.

The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Although applicable to the Bank, prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies, including financial holding companies.

Capital Adequacy. In the determination of Tier 1 and Total risk based capital, generally accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is excluded from capital, as are intangible assets, a portion of mortgage servicing rights and deferred tax assets that are dependent on future taxable income greater than one year from the reporting date. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax asset, which reduced the deferred tax asset, excluding other comprehensive income items, to zero.

The allowance for credit losses, including the allowance for loan losses and reserve for off-balance sheet credit commitments, is included as Tier 2 capital to the extent it does not exceeds 1.25% of risk weighted assets. The amount that exceeds 1.25% of risk weighted assets, is disallowed as Tier 2 capital, but also reduces the Company’s risk weighted assets. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, $12,598,000 and $13,820,000 of the allowance for credit losses was excluded from Tier 2 capital. The lower disallowed amount in 2013 was the result of the lower balance in the allowance for loan losses.

The Company and the Bank have been able to increase their capital ratios from December 31, 2012 levels due to net income earned during the year ended December 31, 2013, combined with a decrease in its risk weighted assets due to a shift in asset composition, and a reduction in off-balance sheet exposures and related credit equivalent factors.

 

56


Table of Contents

In March 2012, the Company and the Bank entered into a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank and the Bank entered into a Consent Order with the PDB. In accordance therewith, the Bank has filed a confidential Capital Plan with each of those banking regulators.

Regulatory Capital. As of December 31, 2013, the Bank was considered well capitalized under applicable banking regulations. The Company’s and the Bank’s capital ratios as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 

     Actual     Minimum Capital
Requirement
    Minimum to Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
(Dollars in thousands)    Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

December 31, 2013

               

Total capital to risk weighted assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

   $ 104,637         15.0   $ 55,926         8.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     102,806         14.7     55,893         8.0   $ 69,866         10.0

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

     95,741         13.7     27,963         4.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     93,915         13.4     27,947         4.0     41,920         6.0

Tier 1 capital to average assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

     95,741         8.1     47,058         4.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     93,915         8.0     47,077         4.0     58,846         5.0

December 31, 2012

               

Total capital to risk weighted assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

   $ 94,928         12.2   $ 62,438         8.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     92,466         11.9     62,418         8.0   $  78,023         10.0

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

     84,999         10.9     31,219         4.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     82,540         10.6     31,209         4.0     46,814         6.0

Tier 1 capital to average assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

     84,999         6.8     49,840         4.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     82,540         6.6     49,873         4.0     62,341         5.0

As noted above, the Bank’s capital ratios exceed the regulatory minimums to be considered well capitalized under applicable banking regulations. The Company routinely evaluates its capital levels in light of its risk profile to assess its capital needs.

On January 8, 2013, the Company filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC, covering up to an aggregate of $80,000,000, through the sale of common stock, preferred stock, and warrants. To date, the Company has not issued any securities under this shelf registration statement.

In October 2011, the Company announced it had discontinued its quarterly dividend, which was the result of regulatory guidance from the Federal Reserve Bank. Due to the regulatory restrictions included in the Written Agreement and the Consent Order with the respective regulators, the Company is restricted from paying any dividends or repurchasing any stock without prior regulatory approval. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will be permitted to pay a cash dividend or conduct any stock repurchases in the near future.

 

57


Table of Contents

Additional relevant financial information pertaining to shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Average shareholders’ equity

   $ 88,547      $ 109,184      $ 157,200   

Net income (loss)

     10,004        (38,454     (31,964

Cash dividends paid

     0        0        5,521   

Equity to asset ratio

     7.76     7.11     8.87

Dividend payout ratio

     0.00     0.00     (17.34 )% 

Return on average equity

     11.30     (35.22 )%      (20.33 )% 

In July 2013, the Company and Bank’s primary federal regulator, the FRB, approved final rules (the “Basel III Capital Rules”) establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations, including community banks, which also incorporate provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Basel III Capital Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and depository institutions, including the Company and Bank, compared to existing U.S. risk-based capital rules. The Basel III Capital Rules define the components of capital and address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios, addresses risk weights and other issues affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the current risk-weighting approach. The Basel III Capital Rules are effective for the Company and Bank on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period).

Management is currently evaluating the impact that the Basel III Capital Rules, on a fully phased-in basis, will have on our capital levels. Management anticipates that it will be in compliance with the phased in rules.

For further discussion, see “Basel III Capital Rules” under Item 1 – Business, in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Liquidity and Rate Sensitivity

Liquidity. The primary function of asset/liability management is to ensure adequate liquidity and manage the Company’s sensitivity to changing interest rates. Liquidity management involves the ability to meet the cash flow requirements of customers who may be either depositors wanting to withdraw funds or borrowers needing assurance that sufficient funds will be available to meet their credit needs. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments, maturities and sales of investment securities, the sale of mortgage loans and borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.

We regularly adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of (1) expected loan demand, (2) expected deposit flows, (3) yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities and (4) the objectives of our asset/liability management policy.

At December 31, 2013, we had $143,767,000 in loan commitments outstanding, which included $5,618,000 in undisbursed loans, $86,253,000 in unused home equity lines of credit and $45,629,000 in commercial lines of credit, and $6,267,000 in standby letters of credit. Certificates of deposit due within one year of December 31, 2013 totaled $219,101,000, or 69% of certificates of deposit. The large percentage of certificates of deposit that mature within one year reflects customers’ hesitancy to invest their funds for long periods in the current low interest rate environment. If these maturing deposits do not remain with us, we will be required to seek other sources of funds, including other certificates of deposit and lines of credit. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on the certificates of deposit due on or before December 31, 2014. We believe, however, based on past experience that a significant portion of our certificates of deposit will remain with us. We have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered.

 

58


Table of Contents

Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets depend on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2013, cash and cash equivalents totaled $37,560,000, which decreased from $150,688,000 at December 31, 2012. The lower levels of cash and cash equivalents is due to the Company investing these funds in securities available for sale in order to earn a higher rate of interest than that earned on short-term investments. Securities classified as available-for-sale, net of pledging requirements, which provide additional sources of liquidity, totaled $165,032,000 at December 31, 2013. In addition, at December 31, 2013, we had the ability to borrow a total of approximately $330,351,000 from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (FHLB), of which we had $66,077,000 in advances and $1,680,000 in letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2013. The Company’s ability to borrow from the FHLB is dependent on having sufficient qualifying collateral, generally consisting of mortgage loans. In addition, the Company has $30,000,000 in two available unsecured lines of credit with its correspondent banks.

The Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. In addition to its operating expenses, the Company is responsible for paying any dividends declared to its shareholders. The Company also has repurchased shares of its common stock. The Company’s primary source of income is dividends received from the Bank. For restrictions on the Bank’s ability to dividend funds to the Company, see Note 15, “Restrictions on Dividends, Loans and Advances,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8.

Interest Rate Sensitivity. Interest rate sensitivity management requires the maintenance of an appropriate balance between interest sensitive assets and liabilities. Management, through its asset/liability management process, attempts to manage the level of repricing and maturity mismatch so that fluctuations in net interest income is maintained within policy limits in current and expected market conditions.

The Company has consistently followed a strategy of pricing assets and liabilities according to prevailing market rates within the guidelines of sound marketing and competitive practices. Rate spreads will be sacrificed at times in order to enable the overall rate sensitivity position to stay within the guidelines called for by asset/liability management policy. Rate sensitivity is measured by monthly gap analyses, quarterly rate shocks, and periodic simulation. Investment and pricing decisions are made using both liquidity and sensitivity analyses as tools.

Contractual Obligations

The Company enters into contractual obligations in its normal course of business to fund loan growth, for asset/liability management purposes, to meet required capital needs and for other corporate purposes. The following table presents significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations of principal by payment date as of December 31, 2013. Further discussion of the nature of each obligation is included in the referenced Note to the Consolidated Financial Statements, under Item 8.

 

          Payments Due         
(Dollars in thousands)    Note
Reference
   Less than 1
year
     2-3 years      4-5 years      More than
5 years
     Total  

Time deposits

   11    $ 219,101       $ 83,746       $ 6,540       $ 8,529       $ 317,916   

Short-term borrowings

   12      59,032         0         0         0         59,032   

Long-term debt

   13      11,265         649         713         3,450         16,077   

Operating lease obligations

   6      383         609         291         183         1,466   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 289,781       $ 85,004       $ 7,544       $ 12,162       $ 394,491   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following discussion of off-balance sheet commitments to extend credit is included in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, under Item 8. Because these commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and many will expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment does not necessarily represent future cash requirements, and are therefore excluded from the contractual obligations table discussed above.

 

59


Table of Contents

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and to a lesser extent, letters of credit.

A schedule of significant commitments at December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Contract or Notional
Amount
 

Commitments to fund:

  

Revolving, open ended home equity loans

   $             86,253   

1-4 family residential construction loans

     2,657   

Commercial real estate, construction and land development loans

     2,961   

Commercial, industrial and other loans

     45,629   

Standby letters of credit

     6,267   

Please see Note 17 – “Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the nature, business purpose, and guarantees that result from the Company’s off-balance sheet arrangements.

New Financial Accounting Standards

Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements under Item 8 discusses the expected impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations for recently issued or proposed accounting standards that have not been adopted as of December 31, 2013. To the extent we anticipate significant impact to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations appropriate discussion is included in the disclosure.

Caution About Forward Looking Statements

This report contains statements that are considered “forward-looking statements” as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In addition, the Company may make other written and oral communications, from time to time, that contain such statements. Forward-looking statements, including statements as to industry trends, future expectations and other matters that do not relate strictly to historical facts, are based on certain assumptions by management, and are often identified by words or phrases such as “anticipated,” “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “seek,” “plan,” “objective,” “trend,” and “goal.” Forward-looking statements are subject to various assumptions, risks, and uncertainties, which change over time, and speak only as of the date they are made.

In addition to factors mentioned elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or previously disclosed in our SEC reports (accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or on our website at www.orrstown.com), the following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from historical performance:

 

    We are subject to restrictions and conditions of formal agreements issued by the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. Failure to comply with these formal agreements could result in additional enforcement action against us, including the imposition of monetary penalties.

 

    We may not be able to pay any cash dividends or conduct any stock repurchases for the foreseeable future.

 

    We are a holding company dependent for liquidity on payments from the Bank, our sole subsidiary, which are subject to restrictions.

 

60


Table of Contents
    We may be required to make further increases in our provisions for loan losses and to charge off additional loans in the future, which could materially adversely affect us.

 

    Difficult economic and market conditions have adversely affected our industry and may continue to materially and adversely affect us.

 

    Governmental regulation and regulatory actions against us may impair our operations or restrict our growth.

 

    The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act may affect our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.

 

    The repeal of federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits could increase our interest expense and reduce our net interest margin.

 

    Changes in interest rates could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

 

    Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

    Because our business is concentrated in South Central Pennsylvania and Washington County, Maryland, our financial performance could be materially adversely affected by economic conditions and real estate values in these market areas.

 

    Our commercial real estate lending may expose us to a greater risk of loss and impact our earnings and profitability.

 

    Our construction loans and land development loans involve a higher degree of risk than other segments of our loan portfolio.

 

    We are required to make a number of judgments in applying accounting policies and different estimates and assumptions in the application of these policies could result in a decrease in capital and/or other material changes to our reports of financial condition and results of operations. Also, changes in accounting standards can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations.

 

    Competition from other banks and financial institutions in originating loans, attracting deposits and providing various financial services may adversely affect our profitability and liquidity.

 

    Our business strategy includes the continuation of moderate growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.

 

    If we want to, or are compelled to, raise additional capital in the future, that capital may not be available when it is needed and on terms favorable to current shareholders.

 

    The short-term and long-term impact of the changing regulatory capital requirements and anticipated new capital rules is uncertain.

 

    We may be adversely affected by technological advances.

 

    The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

 

    We may be required to record impairment charges on our investments and FHLB stock if they suffer a decline in value that is considered other-than-temporary.

 

    An interruption or breach in security with respect to our information system, or our outsourced service providers, could adversely impact our reputation and have an adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

    Pending litigation and legal proceedings and the impact of any finding of liability or damages could adversely impact the Company and its financial condition and results of operations.

 

    We may not be able to attract and retain skilled people.

 

61


Table of Contents
    The market price of our common stock has been subject to extreme volatility.

 

    Other risks and uncertainties.

ITEM 7A – QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk is defined as the exposure to interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk, commodity price risk, and other relevant market rate or price risks. For domestic banks, including the Company, the majority of market risk is related to interest rate risk.

Interest rate sensitivity management requires the maintenance of an appropriate balance between interest sensitive assets and liabilities. Management, through its asset/liability management process, attempts to manage the level of repricing and maturity mismatch so that fluctuations in net interest income is maintained within policy limits in current and expected market conditions. The Company has consistently followed a strategy of pricing assets and liabilities according to prevailing market rates. Rate spreads will be sacrificed at times in order to enable the sensitivity position to stay within the guidelines called for by asset/liability management policy. Investment and pricing decisions are made using both liquidity and sensitivity analyses as tools. Interest-earning assets are substantially made up of loans and securities. Loans are priced by management with current market rates as guidelines while achieving a positive interest rate spread and limiting credit risk. A significant part of the loan portfolio is made up of variable rate loans and loans that will become variable after a fixed term and will reprice as market rates move. Securities are purchased using liquidity and projected cash flows as guidelines. The deposit base is a mix of transaction accounts and time deposits. Many of the interest bearing transaction accounts have discretionary pricing and in market conditions where normal levels of interest rates prevail, the Company has historically had greater flexibility for deposit side price adjustments. In the current period of extraordinarily low interest rates, the Company’s flexibility in pricing interest bearing transaction accounts has been greatly diminished. Time deposits have set maturities as do short term and long term borrowings. Rate sensitivity is measured by monthly gap analysis, quarterly rate shocks, and periodic simulation.

 

62


Table of Contents

The schedule that follows reflects the degree to which the Company can adjust its various portfolios to meet interest rate changes. Additionally, the Bank is a Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) member, and standard credit arrangements available to FHLB members provide increased liquidity. The following outlines the Company’s rate sensitivity at December 31, 2013, and cumulative gap positions and ratios.

 

     Interest Sensitivity Period  
(Dollars in thousands)    Within 3
Months
    After 3
Within 6
Months
    After 6
Within 12
Months
    After 1
Year
    Total  

Rate Sensitive Assets (RSA)

          

Loans

   $ 247,212      $ 33,629      $ 65,870      $ 326,266      $ 672,977   

Investment securities

     142,909        12,002        20,304        241,895        417,110   

Other earning assets

     24,315        0        0        0        24,315   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total RSA

     414,436        45,631        86,174        568,161        1,114,402   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Rate Sensitive Liabilities (RSL)

          

Interest bearing deposits

     395,230        49,314        88,186        351,289        884,019   

Short term borrowings

     59,032        0        0        0        59,032   

Long-term debt

     359        10,363        543        4,812        16,077   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total RSL

     454,621        59,677        88,729        356,101        959,128   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Rate Sensitive GAP

          

Period

     (40,185     (14,046     (2,555     212,060        155,274   

Cumulative

     (40,185     (54,231     (56,786     155,274     

GAP as a Percent of Total Assets

          

Period

     -3.41     -1.19     -0.22     18.00  

Cumulative

     -3.41     -4.60     -4.82     13.18  

RSA/RSL cumulative

     0.91        0.89        0.91        1.16     

The following gap summary demonstrates the shift in risk sensitive assets to risk sensitive liabilities (RSA/RSL) cumulative position since December 31, 2012:

 

     Within 6
Months
     Within 12
Months
     Within 24
Months
     Within 36
Months
 

December 31, 2013

     0.89         0.91         1.00         1.11   

September 30, 2013

     0.84         0.86         0.92         1.05   

June 30, 2013

     0.79         0.86         0.92         1.06   

March 31, 2013

     0.84         0.92         0.95         1.09   

December 31, 2012

     0.99         0.94         1.02         1.09   

At December 31, 2013, the twelve month cumulative gap was a negative $56,786,000 and the RSA/ RSL cumulative ratio was 0.91 which has decreased slightly from a position of 0.94 at December 31, 2012.

With its return to profitability and the recent increase in market interest rates, the Company invested its excess liquidity to improve its return on investments in the fourth quarter of 2013. The majority of the loan portfolio is tied to prime, and the use of three to seven year rate locks on some of its new loans help maintain the yield on assets in a falling rate environment.

Further discussion related to the quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk is included under the heading of Liquidity and Rate Sensitivity in Item 7 of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Management closely monitors the fiscal and monetary policies of our government and acts in anticipation of changes in order to maintain a healthy earning asset / interest bearing liability balance.

 

63


Table of Contents

ITEM 8 – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

The unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, are as follows:

 

    2013
Quarter Ended
    2012
Quarter Ended
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per
share data)
  December     September     June     March     December     September     June     March  

Interest income

  $ 9,643      $ 8,982      $ 8,989      $ 9,484      $ 9,987      $ 10,731      $ 11,629      $ 13,089   

Interest expense

    (1,130     (1,216     (1,288     (1,377     (1,516     (1,702     (2,083     (2,247
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    8,513        7,766        7,701        8,107        8,471        9,029        9,546        10,842   

Provision for loan losses

    1,750        0        1,400        0        (1,000     (5,100     (23,000     (19,200
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    10,263        7,766        9,101        8,107        7,471        3,929        (13,454     (8,358

Securities gains (losses)

    53        157        0        122        0        (2     2,595        2,231   

Noninterest income

    4,060        4,442        4,664        4,310        5,164        4,882        4,432        3,960   

Noninterest expenses

    (11,434     (10,537     (10,327     (10,949     (10,600     (11,133     (10,733     (10,883
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    2,942        1,828        3,438        1,590        2,035        (2,324     (17,160     (13,050

Applicable (income taxes) benefit

    (15     281        (30     (30     (1,005     (19,028     7,246        4,832   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 2,927      $ 2,109      $ 3,408      $ 1,560      $ 1,030      $ (21,352   $ (9,914   $ (8,218
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Common Share Data

               

Net income (loss)

  $ 0.36      $ 0.26      $ 0.42      $ 0.19      $ 0.13      $ (2.65   $ (1.23   $ (1.02

Diluted net income (loss)

    0.36        0.26        0.42        0.19        0.13        (2.65     (1.23     (1.02

Dividends

    0.00        0.00        0.00        0.00        0.00        0.00        0.00        0.00   

 

64


Table of Contents

Index to Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

     Page  

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

     66   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     69   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     70   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     71   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

     72   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     73   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     75   

 

65


Table of Contents

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary has the responsibility for establishing and maintaining an adequate internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting. Management maintains a comprehensive system of internal control to provide reasonable assurance of the proper authorization of transactions, the safeguarding of assets and the reliability of the financial records. The system of internal control provides for appropriate division of responsibility and is documented by written policies and procedures that are communicated to employees. Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary maintains an internal auditing program, under the supervision of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which independently assesses the effectiveness of the system of internal control and recommends possible improvements.

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Company has evaluated the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, using the Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based upon this evaluation, management has concluded that, at December 31, 2013, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992).

The independent registered public accounting firm, Smith Elliott Kearns & Company, LLC, has issued an audit report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. The accounting firm’s audit report on internal control over financial reporting is included in this financial report.

 

/s/ Thomas R. Quinn, Jr.         /s/ David P. Boyle
Thomas R. Quinn, Jr.         David P. Boyle
President and Chief Executive Officer         Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
March 14, 2014      

 

66


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. We have also audited Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

67


Table of Contents

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

/s/ Smith Elliott Kearns & Company, LLC

Chambersburg, Pennsylvania

March 14, 2014

 

68


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheets

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND ITS WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY

 

     December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)    2013     2012  

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 12,995      $ 16,933   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     24,565        133,755   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     37,560        150,688   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restricted investments in bank stocks

     9,921        9,804   

Securities available for sale

     406,943        301,970   

Loans held for sale

     1,936        7,862   

Loans

     671,037        703,739   

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     (20,965     (23,166
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans

     652,008        688,435   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

     26,441        26,782   

Cash surrender value of life insurance

     25,850        25,030   

Intangible assets

     622        832   

Accrued interest receivable

     3,400        3,188   

Other assets

     15,067        25,939   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,177,812      $ 1,232,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Deposits:

    

Non-interest bearing

   $ 116,371      $ 121,090   

Interest bearing

     884,019        963,949   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     1,000,390        1,085,039   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

     59,032        9,650   

Long-term debt

     16,077        37,470   

Accrued interest and other liabilities

     10,874        12,815   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,086,373        1,144,974   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Preferred Stock, $1.25 par value per share; 500,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding

     0        0   

Common stock, no par value—$0.05205 stated value per share 50,000,000 shares authorized; 8,107,274 and 8,080,411 shares issued; 8,106,463 and 8,079,599 shares outstanding

     422        421   

Additional paid—in capital

     123,105        122,724   

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     (27,255     (37,259

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (4,813     1,828   

Treasury stock—common, 811 and 812 shares, at cost

     (20     (20
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     91,439        87,694   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,177,812      $ 1,232,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

69


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Operations

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND ITS WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)    2013     2012     2011  

Interest and dividend income

      

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 31,558      $ 39,647      $ 48,917   

Interest and dividends on investment securities

      

Taxable

     4,300        3,798        8,334   

Tax-exempt

     1,066        1,704        2,972   

Short term investments

     174        287        138   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

     37,098        45,436        60,361   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

      

Interest on deposits

     4,445        6,712        9,368   

Interest on short-term borrowings

     61        120        314   

Interest on long-term debt

     505        716        1,072   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     5,011        7,548        10,754   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     32,087        37,888        49,607   

Provision for loan losses

     (3,150     48,300        58,575   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     35,237        (10,412     (8,968
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest income

      

Service charges on deposit accounts

     5,716        6,227        6,411   

Other service charges, commissions and fees

     1,070        1,275        1,313   

Trust department income

     4,770        4,575        4,216   

Brokerage income

     1,911        1,478        1,573   

Mortgage banking activities

     3,053        3,393        3,007   

Earnings on life insurance

     963        1,018        1,110   

Merchant processing revenue

     0        149        1,850   

Other income (loss)

     (7     323        916   

Investment securities gains

     332        4,824        6,224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     17,808        23,262        26,620   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest expenses

      

Salaries and employee benefits

     22,954        19,864        17,506   

Occupancy

     2,055        1,975        1,987   

Furniture and equipment

     3,446        2,913        2,705   

Data processing

     542        574        1,161   

Automated teller machine and interchange fees

     1,054        989        897   

Advertising and bank promotions

     1,251        1,411        1,246   

FDIC insurance

     2,577        2,727        2,417   

Professional services

     2,255        3,076        3,531   

Collection and problem loan

     674        2,297        1,167   

Real estate owned

     137        834        681   

Taxes other than income

     939        888        841   

Goodwill impairment and intangible asset amortization

     210        209        19,657   

Other operating expenses

     5,153        5,592        6,683   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expenses

     43,247        43,349        60,479   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     9,798        (30,499     (42,827

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (206     7,955        (10,863
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 10,004      $ (38,454   $ (31,964
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share information:

      

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ 1.24      $ (4.77   $ (3.98

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     1.24        (4.77     (3.98

Dividends per share

     0.00        0.00        0.69   

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

70


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND ITS WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Net income (loss)

   $ 10,004      $ (38,454   $ (31,964

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

      

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available for sale arising during the period

     (9,885     1,344        13,568   

Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income (loss)

     (332     (4,824     (6,224
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses)

     (10,217     (3,480     7,344   

Tax effect

     3,576        1,219        (2,570
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (6,641     (2,261     4,774   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrealized holding losses in fair value of derivatives used for cash flow hedges

     0        0        (127

Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income

     0        0        (791
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses

     0        0        (918

Tax effect

     0        0        321   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     0        0        (597
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax and reclassification adjustments

     (6,641     (2,261     4,177   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 3,363      $ (40,715   $ (27,787
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

71


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND ITS WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY

 

    Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011  
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 

Balance, January 1, 2011

  $ 416      $ 121,508      $ 38,680      $ (88   $ (32   $ 160,484   

Net income (loss)

    0        0        (31,964     0        0        (31,964

Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes

    0        0        0        4,177        0        4,177   

Cash dividends ($0.69 per share)

    0        0        (5,521     0        0        (5,521

Stock-based compensation plans:

           

Issuance of stock (44,252 shares)

    1        671        0        0        0        672   

Issuance of stock through dividend reinvestment plan (24,569 shares)

    2        354        0        0        0        356   

Purchase of treasury stock (2,232 shares)

    0        0        0        0        (54     (54

Issuance of treasury stock (2,719 shares)

    0        (19     0        0        66        47   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

    419        122,514        1,195        4,089        (20     128,197   

Net income (loss)

    0        0        (38,454     0        0        (38,454

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes

    0        0        0        (2,261     0        (2,261

Stock-based compensation plans:

           

Compensation expense

    0        23        0        0        0        23   

Issuance of stock (23,062 shares)

    2        175        0        0        0        177   

Issuance of stock through dividend reinvestment plan (1,562 shares)

    0        12        0        0        0        12   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

    421        122,724        (37,259     1,828        (20     87,694   

Net income

    0        0        10,004        0        0        10,004   

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes

    0        0        0        (6,641     0        (6,641

Stock-based compensation plans:

           

Issuance of stock (26,610 shares, including 1 treasury), including compensation expense of $129

    1        377        0        0        0        378   

Issuance of stock through dividend reinvestment plan (254 shares)

    0        4        0        0        0        4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

  $ 422      $ 123,105      $ (27,255   $ (4,813   $ (20   $ 91,439   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

72


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND ITS WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 10,004      $ (38,454   $ (31,964

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Amortization of premiums on securities available for sale

     7,147        6,948        5,414   

Depreciation and amortization

     2,817        2,613        2,778   

Impairment of goodwill

     0        0        19,447   

Provision for loan losses

     (3,150     48,300        58,575   

Stock based compensation

     129        23        41   

Net change in loans held for sale

     5,926        (5,309     140   

Net (gain) loss on disposal of other real estate owned

     149        (28     1   

Writedown of other real estate owned

     46        535        517   

Deferred income taxes, including valuation allowance

     0        20,384        (15,136

Investment securities gains

     (332     (4,824     (6,224

Gains on sale of rate swap

     0        0        (791

Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance

     (963     (1,018     (1,110

(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable

     (212     1,360        1,167   

Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable and other liabilities

     (957     1,644        399   

Other, net

     12,356        (13,516     1,601   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     32,960        18,658        34,855   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Net decrease in other short term investments

     0        0        2,728   

Proceeds from sales of available for sale securities

     74,273        94,099        158,564   

Maturities, repayments and calls of available for sale securities

     86,581        85,481        65,407   

Purchases of available for sale securities

     (282,859     (176,788     (94,410

Net change in restricted investments in bank stocks

     (117     1,954        (2,960

Net (increase) decrease in loans

     30,682        137,097        (34,461

Proceeds from sales of portfolio loans

     2,439        51,753        0   

Investment in limited partnerships

     0        0        (254

Purchases of bank premises and equipment

     (1,868     (1,603     (1,446

Proceeds from disposal of other real estate owned

     1,188        3,733        1,378   

Proceeds from sale of rate swap

     0        0        911   

Purchases of bank owned life insurance

     0        0        (500
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (89,681     195,726        94,957   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Net increase (decrease) in deposits

     (84,649     (131,863     28,490   

Net increase (decrease) in short term borrowings

     49,382        (25,363     (52,837

Proceeds from long-term debt

     0        0        30,000   

Payments on long-term debt

     (21,393     (16,328     (41,380

Dividends paid

     0        0        (5,521

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

     253        189        987   

Purchase of treasury stock

     0        0        (54

Net proceeds from issuance of treasury stock

     0        0        47   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (56,407     (173,365     (40,268
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (113,128     41,019        89,544   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     150,688        109,669        20,125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 37,560      $ 150,688      $ 109,669   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND ITS WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2011  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

        

Cash paid during the year for:

        

Interest

   $ 5,102       $ 8,031       $ 10,900   

Income taxes

     0         1,267         3,700   

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities:

        

Other real estate acquired in settlement of loans

     494         3,951         2,365   

Land for operating purposes transferred to other real estate

     0         0         619   

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

74


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations – Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. (the “Company”) is a bank holding company (that has elected status as a financial holding company with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”)) whose primary activity consists of supervising its wholly-owned subsidiary, Orrstown Bank (the “Bank”). The Company operates through its office in Shippensburg, Pennsylvania. The Bank provides services through its network of 22 offices in Cumberland, Franklin, Lancaster, and Perry Counties of Pennsylvania and in Washington County, Maryland. The Bank engages in lending services for commercial loans, residential loans, commercial mortgages and various forms of consumer lending. Deposit services include checking, savings, time, and money market deposits. The Bank also provides investment and brokerage services through its Orrstown Financial Advisors division. The Company and the Bank are subject to the regulation of certain federal and state agencies and undergo periodic examinations by such regulatory authorities.

Basis of Presentation – The consolidated financial statements of the Company are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the Bank. All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates – The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for losses on loans and the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans, and the valuation allowance required on its deferred tax assets. In connection with the determination of the allowance for losses on loans and foreclosed real estate, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.

While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans and foreclosed real estate, future additions to the allowances may be necessary based on changes in local economic conditions. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for losses on loans and foreclosed real estate. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments concerning information available to them at the time of their examination. Because of these factors, management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio and the related allowance may change in the near term.

The Company has established a full valuation allowance on its net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013, based on the Company’s previous taxable losses, projections for future taxable income, and other available evidence, in which management determined it was “more likely than not” that some portion of the asset would not be realized. Management may need to modify its judgment in this regard from one quarter to the next, and should improvement occur in operating performance, the need for a full valuation allowance may be reduced or eliminated.

Subsequent Events – GAAP establishes standards for accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued. The subsequent events principle sets forth the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition in the financial statements, identifies the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements, and specifies the disclosures that should be made about events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date. In preparing these financial statements, the Company evaluated the events and transactions that occurred after December 31, 2013, through the date these financial statements were filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”).

 

75


Table of Contents

Concentration of Credit Risk – The Company grants commercial, residential and consumer loans to customers in its market area. Although the Company maintains a diversified loan portfolio, a significant portion of its customers’ ability to honor their contracts is dependent upon economic sectors for construction contractors, residential and non-residential building operators, sales finance, sub-dividers and developers. Management evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if collateral is deemed necessary by the Company upon the extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies, but generally includes real estate and equipment.

The types of securities the Company invests in are included in Note 3, “Securities Available for Sale” and the type of lending the Company engages in are included in Note 4, “Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses.”

Cash and Cash Equivalents – For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash, balances due from banks, federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits due on demand, all of which have original maturities of 90 days or less.

Restricted Investments in Bank Stocks – Restricted investments in bank stocks, which represents required investments in the common stock of correspondent banks, is carried at cost as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and consists of common stock of the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia (“Federal Reserve Bank”), Atlantic Central Bankers Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB”) stocks.

Management evaluates the restricted investment in bank stocks for impairment in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) Topic 942, Accounting by Certain Entities (Including Entities with Trade Receivables) That Lend to or Finance the Activities of Others. Management’s determination of whether these investments are impaired is based on their assessment of the ultimate recoverability of their cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of their cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the significance of the decline in net assets of the correspondent bank as compared to the capital stock amount for the correspondent bank and the length of time this situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the correspondent bank to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the correspondent bank, and (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, on the customer base of the correspondent bank.

Management believes no impairment charge is necessary related to the restricted investments in bank stocks as of December 31, 2013. However, security impairment analysis is completed quarterly and the determination that no impairment had occurred as of December 31, 2013 is no assurance that impairment may not occur in the future.

Securities – Certain debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and recorded at amortized cost. “Trading” securities are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value included in earnings. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 the Company had no held to maturity or trading securities. Securities not classified as held to maturity or trading, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as “available for sale” and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities and approximate the level yield method. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.

The Company follows the accounting guidance related to recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairment (FASB ASC 820-10). This guidance specifies that (a) if a company does not have the intent to sell a debt security prior to recovery and (b) it is more likely than not that it will not have to sell the debt security prior to recovery; the security would not be considered other-than-temporarily impaired unless there is a credit loss. When an entity does not intend to sell the security, and it is more likely than not, the entity will not

 

76


Table of Contents

have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it will recognize the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of a debt security in earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income. For held-to-maturity debt securities, the amount of an other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income for the noncredit portion of a previous other-than-temporary impairment should be amortized prospectively over the remaining life of the security on the basis of the timing of future estimated cash flows of the security.

The Company had no debt securities it deemed to be other than temporarily impaired for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011.

The Company’s securities are exposed to various risks, such as interest rate risk, market risk, and credit risks. Due to the level of risk associated with certain investments and the level of uncertainty related to changes in the value of investments, it is at least reasonably possible that changes in risks in the near term would materially affect investment assets reported in the consolidated financial statements.

For equity securities, when the Company has decided to sell an impaired available-for-sale security and the entity does not expect the fair value of the security to fully recover before the expected time of sale, the security is deemed other-than-temporarily impaired in the period in which the decision to sell is made. The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the impairment is deemed other than temporary even if a decision to sell has not been made.

Loans Held for Sale – Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value (LOCM). Gains and losses on loan sales (sales proceeds minus carrying value) are recorded in non-interest income.

Loans – The Company grants commercial, mortgage, and consumer loans to its customers located principally in south-central Pennsylvania and northern Maryland. The ability of the Company’s debtors to honor their contracts is dependent largely upon the real estate and general economic conditions in this area.

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and amortized as a yield adjustment over the respective term of the loan.

For all classes of loans, the accrual of interest income on loans, including impaired loans, ceases when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more or immediately if, in the opinion of management, full collection is unlikely. Interest will continue to accrue on loans past due 90 days or more if the collateral is adequate to cover principal and interest, and the loan is in the process of collection. Interest accrued, but not collected, as of the date of placement on nonaccrual status, is reversed and charged against current interest income, unless fully collateralized. Subsequent payments received are either applied to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending upon management’s assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal. Loans are returned to accrual status, for all loan classes, when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current, the loan has performed in accordance with the contractual terms of the note for a reasonable period of time, generally six months, and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is reasonably assured. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan.

Loans, the terms of which are modified, are classified as troubled debt restructurings if a concession was granted, for legal or economic reasons, related to a debtor’s financial difficulties. Concessions granted under a troubled debt restructuring typically involve a temporary deferral of scheduled loan payments, an extension of a loan’s stated maturity date, temporary reduction in interest rates, or granting of an interest rate below market rates given the risk of the transaction. If a modification occurs while the loan is on accruing status, it will continue to accrue interest under the modified terms. Nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings are restored to

 

77


Table of Contents

accrual status if scheduled principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are current for six months after modification, and the borrower continues to demonstrate its ability to meet the modified terms. Troubled debt restructurings are evaluated individually for impairment if they have been restructured during the most recent calendar year, or if they are not performing according to their modified terms.

Allowance for Loan Losses – The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

See Note 4, “Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses,” for additional details.

Loans Serviced – The Bank administers secondary market mortgage programs available through the FHLB and the Federal National Mortgage Association and offers residential mortgage products and services to customers. The Bank originates single-family residential mortgage loans for immediate sale in the secondary market, and retains the servicing of those loans. At December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 the balance of loans serviced for others was $322,653,000, $329,360,000 and $299,998,000.

Transfers of Financial Assets – Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Premises and Equipment – Buildings, improvements, equipment, furniture and fixtures are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Land is carried at cost. Depreciation and amortization has been provided generally on the straight-line method and is computed over the estimated useful lives of the various assets as follows: buildings and improvements, including leasehold improvements – 10 to 40 years; and furniture and equipment – 3 to 15 years. Repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred, while major additions and improvements are capitalized. Gain or loss on retirement or disposal of individual assets is recorded as income or expense in the period of retirement or disposal.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets – Goodwill represented the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of their net assets at the date of acquisition. Goodwill was not amortized but was subject to impairment testing at least annually, which the Company last performed as of October 31, 2011.

In 2011, goodwill was tested using a two-step process. First, an estimate of the fair value of the Company, its only reporting unit, was determined, based upon observable market transactions of similar companies and future discounted cash flows. As the estimated fair value of the reporting unit was less than its carrying amount, an indicator of goodwill impairment existed and the second step was performed to determine if the goodwill, or a portion of the goodwill, was impaired. In the second step, the Company determined the implied value of goodwill by simulating purchase accounting in a business combination. This step resulted in deducting the estimated fair value of the net assets of the Company from the estimated fair value of the Company as determined in step 1, to determine the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied value of goodwill would have exceeded the carrying value of goodwill of the Company, it would have concluded that goodwill was not impaired. However, as the

 

78


Table of Contents

implied value of goodwill was less than the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment charge was recognized to the extent the carrying value of goodwill exceeded its implied value. The charge of $19,447,000 was recorded as noninterest expense in the statement of operations, with a corresponding reduction to the carrying value of goodwill in the balance sheet.

In performing its goodwill impairment evaluation, the Company made significant judgments, particularly with respect to estimating the fair value of the Company, and in the second step, if required, estimating the fair value of the net assets. Third-party specialists assisted with the valuation techniques, utilizing historical financial data, cash flows, and trends in market and industry conditions, including transaction multiples, required rates of returns, control premiums, transaction costs and capitalization.

Intangible assets represent purchased assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights. The Company’s intangible assets have finite lives and are amortized, on a straight line basis, over their estimated lives, generally 10 years for deposit premiums and 15 years for customer lists.

Mortgage Servicing Rights – The estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) related to loans sold and serviced by the Company is recorded as an asset upon the sale of such loan. MSRs are amortized as a reduction to servicing income over the estimated lives of the underlying loans. MSRs are evaluated periodically for impairment, by comparing the carrying amount to estimated fair value. Fair value is determined periodically through a discounted cash flows valuation performed by a third party. Significant inputs to the valuation include expected servicing income, net of expense, the discount rate and the expected life of the underlying loans. To the extent the amortized cost of the MSRs exceeds their estimated fair values, a valuation allowance is established for such impairment through a charge against servicing income on the consolidated statement of operations. If the Company determines, based on subsequent valuations, that impairment no longer exists or is reduced, the valuation allowance is reduced through a credit to earnings.

Foreclosed Real Estate – Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell the underlying collateral. Capitalized costs include any costs that significantly improve the value of the properties. After foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the real estate is carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Foreclosed real estate totaled $987,000 and $1,876,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and is included in other assets.

Investments in Real Estate Partnerships – The Company currently has a 99% limited partner interest in several real estate partnerships in central Pennsylvania. These investments are affordable housing projects which entitle the Company to tax deductions and credits that expire through 2021. The Company accounts for its investments in affordable housing projects under the equity method of accounting, and recognizes tax credits when they become available. The recorded investment in these real estate partnerships totaled $3,779,000 and $4,141,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and are included in other assets in the balance sheet. Losses of $361,000, $349,000 and $429,000 were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and are included in other operating expenses. During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized federal tax credits from the projects totaling $475,000, $475,000 and $490,000.

Advertising – The Company follows the policy of charging costs of advertising to expense as incurred. Advertising expense was $489,000, $636,000 and $374,000, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase (“Repurchase Agreements”) The Company enters into agreements under which it sells securities subject to an obligation to repurchase the same or similar securities which are included in short-term borrowings. Under these agreements, the Company may transfer legal control over the assets but still retain effective control through an agreement that both entitles and obligates the Company to repurchase the assets. As a result, these Repurchase Agreements are accounted for as collateralized financing arrangements (i.e., secured borrowings) and not as a sale and subsequent repurchase of securities.

 

79


Table of Contents

The obligation to repurchase the securities is reflected as a liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, while the securities underlying the Repurchase Agreements remain in the respective investment securities asset accounts. In other words, there is no offsetting or netting of the investment securities assets with the Repurchase Agreement liabilities. In addition, as the Company does not enter into reverse Repurchase Agreements, there is no such offsetting to be done with the Repurchase Agreements.

The right of setoff for a Repurchase Agreement resembles a secured borrowing, whereby the collateral would be used to settle the fair value of the Repurchase Agreement should the Company be in default (e.g., fails to make an interest payment to the counterparty). For the Repurchase Agreements, the collateral is held by the Company in a segregated custodial account under a third party agreement.

Stock Compensation Plans – The Company has stock compensation plans that cover employees and non-employee directors. Stock compensation accounting guidance (FASB ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation) requires that the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized in financial statements. That cost is measured based on the grant date fair value of the stock award, including a Black-Scholes model for stock options. Compensation cost for all stock awards are calculated and recognized over the employees’ service period, generally defined as the vesting period.

Income Taxes – The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with income tax accounting guidance (FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes). The income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income or excess of deductions over revenues. The Company determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur.

Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination. The term more likely than not means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms examined and upon examination also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, on income taxes as a component of income tax expense.

Treasury Stock – Common stock shares repurchased are recorded as treasury stock at cost.

Earnings Per Share – Basic earnings per share represent net income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect the additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding stock options.

Treasury shares are not deemed outstanding for earnings per share calculations.

Comprehensive Income (Loss) – Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income is limited to unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale for all years presented and unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedges during 2011.

 

80


Table of Contents

The component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes, at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale and totaled ($4,813,000) and $1,828,000.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments – Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 19. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

Segment Reporting – The Company only operates in one significant segment – Community Banking. The Company’s non-banking activities are insignificant to the consolidated financial statements.

Reclassifications – Certain amounts in the 2011 and 2012 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2013 presentation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements – In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-11, Disclosures About Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (Topic 210). The new disclosure requirements mandate that entities disclose both gross and net information about instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position as well as instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. ASU No. 2011-11 also requires disclosure of collateral received and posted in connection with master netting agreements or similar arrangements. In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-01, Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. The provisions of ASU No. 2013-01 limit the scope of the new balance sheet offsetting disclosures to the following financial instruments, to the extent they are offset in the financial statements or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement, irrespective of whether they are offset in the statement of financial position: (1) derivative financial instruments; (2) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements; and (3) securities borrowing and securities lending transactions. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2011-11 and ASU No. 2013-01 effective January 1, 2013. As the provisions of ASU No. 2011-11 and ASU No. 2013-01 only impacted the disclosure requirements related to the offsetting of assets and liabilities and information about instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position, the adoption had no impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and financial condition.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), to improve the transparency of reporting these reclassifications. ASU No. 2013-02 does not amend any existing requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in the financial statements. ASU No. 2013-02 requires an entity to disaggregate the total change of each component of other comprehensive income (e.g., unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale investment securities) and separately present reclassification adjustments and current period other comprehensive income. The provisions of ASU No. 2013-02 also require that entities present either in a single note or parenthetically on the face of the financial statements, the effect of significant amounts reclassified from each component of accumulated other comprehensive income based on its source (e.g., unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale investment securities) and the income statement line item affected by the reclassification (e.g., realized gains (losses) on sales of investment securities). If a component is not required to be reclassified to net income in its entirety (e.g., amortization of defined benefit plan items), entities would instead cross reference to the related note to the financial statements for additional information (e.g., pension footnote). The Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2013-02 effective January 1, 2013. As the Company’s only item of accumulated other comprehensive income is unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale, the adoption of this standard had no impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. ASU 2013-11 applies to all entities that have unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward,

 

81


Table of Contents

a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists at the reporting date. An unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except as follows. To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The assessment of whether a deferred tax asset is available is based on the unrecognized tax benefit and deferred tax asset that exist at the reporting date and should be made presuming disallowance of the tax position at the reporting date. The amendments in ASU 2013-11are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The amendments should be applied prospectively to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date. Retrospective application is permitted. ASU 2013-11 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In January 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-01, Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects. ASU 2014-01 permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). The amendments in ASU 2014-01 should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. A reporting entity that uses the effective yield method to account for its investments in qualified affordable housing projects before the date of adoption may continue to apply the effective yield method for those pre-existing investments. ASU 2014-01 is effective for public business entities for annual periods and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted. This ASU is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure. ASU 2014-04 clarifies that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. ASU 2014-04 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. An entity can elect to adopt the amendments in ASU 2014-04 using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method. ASU 2014-04 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

NOTE 2. RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

The Company maintains deposit balances at two correspondent banks which provide check collection and item processing services for the Company. The average balances that are to be maintained either on hand or with the correspondent banks amounted to $1,025,000 and $834,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The balances with these correspondent banks, at times, exceed federally insured limits; however management considers this to be a normal business risk.

 

82


Table of Contents

NOTE 3. SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

At December 31, 2013 and 2012 the investment securities portfolio was comprised of securities classified as available for sale, resulting in investment securities being carried at fair value. The amortized cost and fair values of investment securities available for sale at December 31 were:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

December 31, 2013

           

U.S. Government Agencies

   $ 25,610       $ 34       $ 193       $ 25,451   

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSE)

     14,431         5         722         13,714   

States and political subdivisions

     75,494         417         4,367         71,544   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

     198,449         895         725         198,619   

GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs)

     40,502         251         221         40,532   

GSE commercial CMOs

     59,812         0         2,798         57,014   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     414,298         1,602         9,026         406,874   

Equity securities

     50         19         0         69   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 414,348       $ 1,621       $ 9,026       $ 406,943   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

           

U.S. Treasury

   $ 25,996       $ 14       $ 0       $ 26,010   

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSE)

     44,331         431         0         44,762   

States and political subdivisions

     37,324         1,588         3         38,909   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

     116,294         845         285         116,854   

GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities

     24         0         0         24   

GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs)

     43,824         169         48         43,945   

GSE commercial CMOs

     31,315         143         61         31,397   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     299,108         3,190         397         301,901   

Equity securities

     50         19         0         69   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 299,158       $ 3,209       $ 397       $ 301,970   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

83


Table of Contents

The following table shows gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s available for sale securities that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31:

 

     Less Than 12 Months      12 Months or More      Total  
(Dollars in thousands)    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

December 31, 2013

                 

U.S. Government Agencies

   $ 17,454       $ 193       $ 0       $ 0       $ 17,454       $ 193   

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSE)

     12,049         722         0         0         12,049         722   

States and political subdivisions

     53,606         4,367         0         0         53,606         4,367   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

     125,468         716         7,447         9         132,915         725   

GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs)

     14,033         220         44         1         14,077         221   

GSE commercial CMOs

     38,298         1,248         18,716         1,550         57,014         2,798   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 260,908       $ 7,466       $ 26,207       $ 1,560       $ 287,115       $ 9,026   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

                 

States and political subdivisions

   $ 885       $ 3       $ 0       $ 0       $ 885       $ 3   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

     51,491         285         0         0         51,491         285   

GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs)

     13,461         27         2,657         21         16,118         48   

GSE commercial CMOs

     20,396         61         0         0         20,396         61   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 86,233       $ 376       $ 2,657       $ 21       $ 88,890       $ 397   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has 77 securities and 27 securities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 in which the amortized cost exceeds their values, as discussed below.

U.S. Government Agencies and U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSE). 46 U.S. Government Agencies and GSE securities, including mortgage-backed and collateralized mortgage obligations have unrealized losses, 38 GSE securities have amortized costs which exceed their fair values for less than 12 months, and eight have amortized costs which exceed their fair values for more than 12 months at December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2012, the Company had 26 GSE securities with unrealized losses, all but one of which were in the less than 12 months category. These unrealized losses have been caused by a rise in interest rates from the time the securities were purchased. The contractual terms of those investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the par value bases of the investments. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013 or 2012.

State and Political Subdivisions. 31 state and political subdivision securities have an amortized cost which exceeds its fair value for less than 12 months at December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2012, one state and political subdivision security had unrealized losses, for less than 12 months. These unrealized losses have been caused by a rise in interest rates from the time the securities were purchased. Management considers the investment rating, the state of the issuer of the security and other credit support in determining whether the security is other-than-temporarily impaired. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013 or 2012.

 

84


Table of Contents

The amortized cost and fair values of securities available for sale at December 31, 2013 by contractual maturity are shown below. Contractual maturities will differ from expected maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO

 

     Available for Sale  
(Dollars in thousands)    Amortized Cost      Fair Value  

Due in one year or less

   $ 2,241       $ 2,248   

Due after one year through five years

     380         381   

Due after five years through ten years

     30,808         29,291   

Due after ten years

     82,106         78,789   

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations

     298,763         296,165   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     414,298         406,874   

Equity securities

     50         69   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 414,348       $ 406,943   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $74,273,000, $94,099,000 and $158,564,000. Gross gains on the sales of securities were $473,000, $4,986,000 and $6,401,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Gross losses on securities available for sale were $141,000, $162,000 and $177,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Securities with a fair value of $241,911,000 and $258,024,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were pledged to secure public funds and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

NOTE 4. LOANS RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

The Company’s loan portfolio is broken down into segments to an appropriate level of disaggregation to allow management to monitor the performance by the borrower and to monitor the yield on the portfolio. Consistent with ASU 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Loan Losses, the segments were further broken down into classes, to allow for differing risk characteristics within a segment.

The risks associated with lending activities differ among the various loan classes, and are subject to the impact of changes in interest rates, market conditions of collateral securing the loans, and general economic conditions. All of these factors may adversely impact the borrower’s ability to repay its loans, and impact the associated collateral.

The Company has various types of commercial real estate loans which have differing levels of credit risk associated with them. Owner-occupied commercial real estate loans are generally dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business, with the cash flows generated from the business being the primary source of repayment of the loan. If the business suffers a downturn in sales or profitability, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan could be in jeopardy.

Non-owner occupied and multi-family commercial real estate loans and non-owner occupied residential loans present a different credit risk to the Company than owner-occupied commercial real estate loans, as the repayment of the loan is dependent upon the borrower’s ability to generate a sufficient level of occupancy to produce rental income that exceeds debt service requirements and operating expenses. Lower occupancy or lease rates may result in a reduction in cash flows, which hinders the ability of the borrower to meet debt service

 

85


Table of Contents

requirements, and may result in lower collateral values. The Company generally recognizes that greater risk is inherent in these credit relationships as compared to owner occupied loans mentioned above in its loan pricing.

Acquisition and development loans consist of 1-4 family residential construction and commercial and land development loans. The risk of loss on these loans is largely dependent on the Company’s ability to assess the property’s value at the completion of the project, which should exceed the property’s construction costs. During the construction phase, a number of factors could potentially negatively impact the collateral value, including cost overruns, delays in completing the project, competition, and real estate market conditions which may change based on the supply of similar properties in the area. In the event the collateral value at the completion of the project is not sufficient to cover the outstanding loan balance, the Company must rely upon other repayment sources, including the guarantors of the project or other collateral securing the loan.

Commercial and industrial loans include advances to local and regional businesses for general commercial purposes and include permanent and short-term working capital, machinery and equipment financing, and may be either in the form of lines of credit or term loans. Although commercial and industrial loans may be unsecured to our highest rated borrowers, the majority of these loans are secured by the borrower’s accounts receivable, inventory and machinery and equipment. In a significant number of these loans, the collateral also includes the business, real estate or the business owner’s personal real estate or assets. Commercial and industrial loans present credit exposure to the Company, as they are more susceptible to risk of loss during a downturn in the economy, as borrowers may have greater difficulty in meeting their debt service requirements and the value of the collateral may decline. The Company attempts to mitigate this risk through its underwriting standards, including evaluating the credit worthiness of the borrower and to the extent available, credit ratings on the business. Additionally, monitoring of the loans through annual renewals and meetings with the borrowers are typical. However, these procedures cannot eliminate the risk of loss associated with commercial and industrial lending.

Municipal loans consist of extensions of credit to municipalities and school districts within the Company’s market area. These loans generally present a lower risk than commercial and industrial loans, as they are generally secured by the municipality’s full taxing authority, by revenue obligations, or by its ability to raise assessments on its customers for a specific utility.

The Company originates loans to its retail customers, including fixed-rate and adjustable first lien mortgage loans with the underlying 1-4 family owner-occupied residential property securing the loan. The Company’s risk exposure is minimized in these types of loans through the evaluation of the credit worthiness of the borrower, including credit scores and debt-to-income ratios, and underwriting standards which limit the loan-to-value ratio to generally no more than 80% upon loan origination, unless the borrower obtains private mortgage insurance.

Home equity loans, including term loans and lines of credit, present a slightly higher risk to the Company than 1-4 family first liens, as these loans can be first or second liens on 1-4 family owner occupied residential property, but can have loan-to-value ratios of no greater than 90% of the value of the real estate taken as collateral. The credit worthiness of the borrower is considered including credit scores and debt-to-income ratios, which generally cannot exceed 43%.

Installment and other loans’ credit risk are mitigated through conservative underwriting standards, including the evaluation of the credit worthiness of the borrower through credit scores and debt-to-income ratios, and if secured, the collateral value of the assets. As these loans can be unsecured or secured by assets the value of which may depreciate quickly or may fluctuate, they typically present a greater risk to the Company than 1-4 family residential loans.

 

86


Table of Contents

The loan portfolio, excluding residential loans held for sale, broken out by classes as of December 31 was as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012  

Commercial real estate:

     

Owner-occupied

   $ 111,290       $ 144,290   

Non-owner occupied

     135,953         120,930   

Multi-family

     22,882         21,745   

Non-owner occupied residential

     55,272         66,381   

Acquisition and development:

     

1-4 family residential construction

     3,338         2,850   

Commercial and land development

     19,440         30,375   

Commercial and industrial

     33,446         39,340   

Municipal

     60,996         68,018   

Residential mortgage:

     

First lien

     124,728         108,601   

Home equity – term

     20,131         14,747   

Home equity – Lines of credit

     77,377         79,448   

Installment and other loans

     6,184         7,014   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 671,037       $ 703,739   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In order to monitor ongoing risk associated with its loan portfolio and specific loans within the segments, management uses an internal grading system. The first several rating categories, representing the lowest risk to the Bank, are combined and given a “Pass” rating. Management generally follows regulatory definitions in assigning criticized ratings to loans, including special mention, substandard, doubtful or loss. The “Special Mention” category includes loans that have potential weaknesses that may, if not monitored or corrected, weaken the asset or inadequately protect the Bank’s position at some future date. These assets pose elevated risk, but their weakness does not yet justify a more severe, or classified rating. “Substandard” loans are classified as they have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses that jeopardize liquidation of the debt. These loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. “Substandard” loans include loans that management has determined not to be impaired, as well as loans considered to be impaired. A “Doubtful” loan has a high probability of total or substantial loss, but because of specific pending events that may strengthen the asset, its classification of loss is deferred. “Loss” assets are considered uncollectible, as the underlying borrowers are often in bankruptcy, have suspended debt repayments, or ceased business operations. Once a loan is classified as “Loss,” there is little prospect of collecting the loan’s principal or interest and it is generally written off.

The Bank has a loan review policy and program which is designed to identify and mitigate risk in the lending function. The Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) Committee, comprised of executive officers and loan department personnel, is charged with the oversight of overall credit quality and risk exposure of the Bank’s loan portfolio. This includes the monitoring of the lending activities of all Bank personnel with respect to underwriting and processing new loans and the timely follow-up and corrective action for loans showing signs of deterioration in quality. The loan review program provides the Bank with an independent review of the Bank’s loan portfolio on an ongoing basis. Generally, consumer and residential mortgage loans are included in the Pass categories unless a specific action, such as extended delinquencies, bankruptcy, repossession or death of the borrower occurs, which heightens awareness as to a possible credit event.

Loan reviews are completed annually on commercial relationships with a committed loan balance in excess of $1,000,000. Loan review documentation is submitted to the ERM Committee no less than quarterly with a formal review and confirmation of risk rating as presented by independent loan review personnel. In addition, all relationships greater than $250,000 rated Substandard, Doubtful or Loss are reviewed by the ERM Committee on a quarterly basis, with reaffirmation of the rating as approved by the Bank’s Loan Work Out Committee or loan review staff.

 

87


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the Bank’s ratings based on its internal risk rating system as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Pass     Special
Mention
    Non-Impaired
Substandard
    Impaired -
Substandard
    Doubtful     Total  

December 31, 2013

           

Commercial real estate:

           

Owner-occupied

  $ 92,063      $ 3,305      $ 11,360      $ 4,107      $ 455      $ 111,290   

Non-owner occupied

    107,113        6,904        14,819        7,117        0        135,953   

Multi-family

    20,091        2,132        337        322        0        22,882   

Non-owner occupied residential

    42,007        4,982        3,790        4,493        0        55,272   

Acquisition and development:

           

1-4 family residential construction

    3,292        0        46        0        0        3,338   

Commercial and land development

    14,118        1,433        712        3,177        0        19,440   

Commercial and industrial

    28,933        2,129        383        1,878        123        33,446   

Municipal

    60,996        0        0        0        0        60,996   

Residential mortgage:

           

First lien

    121,353        0        0        3,327        48        124,728   

Home equity – term

    20,024        0        0        94        13        20,131   

Home equity – Lines of credit

    77,187        0        9        181        0        77,377   

Installment and other loans

    6,184        0        0        0        0        6,184   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 593,361      $ 20,885      $ 31,456      $ 24,696      $ 639      $ 671,037   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

           

Commercial real estate:

           

Owner-occupied

  $ 121,333      $ 11,917      $ 8,623      $ 2,229      $ 188      $ 144,290   

Non-owner occupied

    95,876        7,351        14,241        3,462        0        120,930   

Multi-family

    17,205        3,936        585        19        0        21,745   

Non-owner occupied residential

    45,468        12,199        3,346        5,368        0        66,381   

Acquisition and development:

           

1-4 family residential construction

    1,608        333        0        198        711        2,850   

Commercial and land development

    14,793        8,937        2,836        3,208        601        30,375   

Commercial and industrial

    33,380        3,713        429        566        1,252        39,340   

Municipal

    68,018        0        0        0        0        68,018   

Residential mortgage:

           

First lien

    101,390        3,026        1,604        2,581        0        108,601   

Home equity – term

    14,403        52        235        57        0        14,747   

Home equity – Lines of credit

    76,418        1,073        1,365        592        0        79,448   

Installment and other loans

    6,998        11        3        2        0        7,014   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 596,890      $ 52,548      $ 33,267      $ 18,282      $ 2,752      $ 703,739   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Classified loans may also be evaluated for impairment. For commercial real estate, acquisition and development and commercial and industrial loans, a loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Generally, loans that are more than 90 days past due are deemed impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed to determine if the loan should be placed on

 

88


Table of Contents

nonaccrual status. Nonaccrual loans in the commercial and commercial real estate portfolios are, by definition, deemed to be impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial, construction and restructured loans by either the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A loan is collateral dependent if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral. For loans that are deemed to be impaired for extended periods of time, periodic updates on fair values are obtained, which may include updated appraisals. The updated fair values will be incorporated into the impairment analysis as of the next reporting period.

Loan charge-offs, which may include partial charge-offs, are taken on an impaired loan that is collateral dependent if the loan’s carrying balance exceeds its collateral’s appraised value; the loan has been identified as uncollectible; and it is deemed to be a confirmed loss. Typically, impaired loans with a charge-off or partial charge-off will continue to be considered impaired, unless the note is split into two, and management expects the performing note to continue to perform and is adequately secured. The second, or non-performing note, would be charged-off. Generally, an impaired loan with a partial charge-off may continue to have an impairment reserve on it after the partial charge-off, if factors warrant.

As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, nearly all of the Company’s impaired loans’ extent of impairment was measured based on the estimated fair value of the collateral securing the loan, except for troubled debt restructurings. By definition, troubled debt restructurings are considered impaired. All restructured loans’ impairment was determined based on discounted cash flows for those loans classified as trouble debt restructurings but are still accruing interest. For real estate loans, collateral generally consists of commercial real estate, but in the case of commercial and industrial loans, it would also consist of accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or other business assets. Commercial and industrial loans may also have real estate collateral.

According to policy, updated appraisals are required annually for classified loans in excess of $250,000. The “as is value” provided in the appraisal is often used as the fair value of the collateral in determining impairment, unless circumstances, such as subsequent improvements, approvals, or other circumstances dictate that another value provided by the appraiser is more appropriate.

Generally, impaired loans secured by real estate were measured at fair value using certified real estate appraisals that had been completed within the last year. Appraised values are further discounted for estimated costs to sell the property and other selling considerations to arrive at the property’s fair value. In those situations in which it is determined an updated appraisal is not required for loans individually evaluated for impairment, fair values are based on one or a combination of the following approaches. In those situations in which a combination of approaches is considered, the factor that carries the most consideration will be the one management believes is warranted. The approaches are as follows:

 

    Original appraisal – if the original appraisal provides a strong loan-to-value ratio (generally 70% or lower) and, after consideration of market conditions and knowledge of the property and area, it is determined by the Credit Administration staff that there has not been a significant deterioration in the collateral value, the original certified appraised value may be used. Discounts as deemed appropriate for selling costs are factored into the appraised value in arriving at fair value.

 

    Discounted cash flows – in limited cases, discounted cash flows may be used on projects in which the collateral is liquidated to reduce the borrowings outstanding, and is used to validate collateral values derived from other approaches.

Collateral on certain impaired loans is not limited to real estate, and may consist of accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or other business assets. Estimated fair values are determined based on borrowers’ financial statements, inventory ledgers, accounts receivable agings or appraisals from individuals with knowledge in the business. Stated balances are generally discounted for the age of the financial information or the quality of the assets. In determining fair value, liquidation discounts are applied to this collateral based on existing loan evaluation policies.

 

89


Table of Contents

The Company distinguishes Substandard loans on both an impaired and non-impaired basis, as it places less emphasis on a loan’s classification, and increased reliance on whether the loan was performing in accordance with the contractual terms. “Substandard” classification does not automatically meet the definition of “impaired.” A substandard loan is one that is inadequately protected by current sound worth, paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged, if any. Extensions of credit so classified have well-defined weaknesses which may jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of substandard loans, does not have to exist in individual extensions of credit classified substandard. As a result, the Company’s methodology includes an evaluation of certain accruing commercial real estate, acquisition and development and commercial and industrial loans rated “Substandard” to be collectively evaluated for impairment as opposed to evaluating these loans individually for impairment. Although we believe these loans have well defined weaknesses and meet the definition of “Substandard,” they are generally performing and management has concluded that it is likely it will be able to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.

Larger groups of smaller balance homogenous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Generally, the Bank does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are the subject of a restructuring agreement due to financial difficulties of the borrower.

 

90


Table of Contents

The following summarizes impaired loans by class, segregated by those for which a specific allowance was required and those for which a specific allowance was not required as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. Allowances established generally pertain to those loans in which loan forbearance agreements were in the process of being negotiated or updated appraisals were pending, and the partial charge-off will be recorded when final information is received.

 

    Impaired Loans with a Specific Allowance     Impaired Loans with No Specific Allowance  
(Dollars in thousands)   Recorded
Investment
(Book Balance)
    Unpaid
Principal Balance
(Legal Balance)
    Related
Allowance
    Recorded
Investment
(Book Balance)
    Unpaid
Principal Balance
(Legal Balance)
 

December 31, 2013

         

Commercial real estate:

         

Owner-occupied

  $ 615      $ 1,099      $ 552      $ 3,947      $ 4,575   

Non-owner occupied

    0        0        0        7,117        7,670   

Multi-family

    0        0        0        322        415   

Non-owner occupied residential

    0        0        0        4,493        4,836   

Acquisition and development:

         

Commercial and land development

    0        0        0        3,177        3,812   

Commercial and industrial

    0        0        0        2,001        2,143   

Residential mortgage:

         

First lien

    48        48        48        3,327        3,619   

Home equity—term

    13        13        13        94        96   

Home equity—Lines of credit

    0        0        0        181        183   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 676      $ 1,160      $ 613      $ 24,659      $ 27,349   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

         

Commercial real estate:

         

Owner-occupied

  $ 0      $ 0      $ 0      $ 2,417      $ 2,680   

Non-owner occupied

    1,257        1,257        329        2,205        5,487   

Multi-family

    0        0        0        19        198   

Non-owner occupied residential

    204        204        46        5,164        6,510   

Acquisition and development:

         

1-4 family residential construction

    711        725        9        198        202   

Commercial and land development

    0        0        0        3,809        8,556   

Commercial and industrial

    1,373        1,402        928        445        445   

Residential mortgage:

         

First lien

    0        0        0        2,581        2,784   

Home equity—term

    0        0        0        57        75   

Home equity—Lines of credit

    0        0        0        592        597   

Installment and other loans

    0        0        0        2        2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 3,545      $ 3,588      $ 1,312      $ 17,489      $ 27,536   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

91


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the average recorded investment in impaired loans and related interest income recognized on loans deemed impaired for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2013      2012      2011  
(Dollars in thousands)    Average
Impaired
Balance
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Average
Impaired
Balance
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Average
Impaired
Balance
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Commercial real estate:

                 

Owner-occupied

   $ 3,528       $ 147       $ 8,374       $ 20       $ 4,530       $ 369   

Non-owner occupied

     4,307         145         14,372         69         6,820         702   

Multi-family

     135         16         3,940         0         2,080         125   

Non-owner occupied residential

     4,799         77         20,284         61         22,820         1,559   

Acquisition and development:

                 

1-4 family residential construction

     481         0         1,542         26         489         102   

Commercial and land development

     3,009         49         12,652         252         7,456         617   

Commercial and industrial

     1,780         45         2,691         43         5,355         75   

Residential mortgage:

                 

First lien

     2,697         140         2,700         61         639         19   

Home equity – term

     59         8         156         2         685         69   

Home equity – lines of credit

     305         6         467         15         0         0   

Installment and other loans

     1         0         8         0         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 21,101       $ 633       $ 67,186       $ 549       $ 50,874       $ 3,637   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In the second quarter of 2011, the Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2011-02, A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring (ASU No. 2011-02). As a result of adopting the amendments in ASU No. 2011-02, the Company reassessed terms and conditions to customers on restructured loans that had been completed in the past several months. In many instances, the Company was able to increase the interest rate on the loans and obtain additional collateral support for the borrowings, in exchange for extension of the loans’ terms. However, the new interest rate charged was considered to be at a below-market rate given the risk of the transaction, which was determined to be a concession to its borrowers that were experiencing financial difficulties. Prior to their classification as troubled debt restructurings, these loans had been collectively evaluated for impairment consistent with the guidance in Subtopic 450-20. Upon identifying these receivables as troubled debt restructurings, the Company identified them as impaired under the guidance in Section 310-10-35. The amendments in ASU No. 2011-02 require prospective application of the impairment measurement guidance in Section 310-10-35 for those receivables newly identified as impaired. As a result of the adoption, 2011 earnings were negatively impacted by $2,700,000, representing the impairment valuation reserve at December 31, 2011 calculated under Section 310-10-35. Previous to the adoption of ASU No. 2011-02, a reserve was established on these loans under a general allowance methodology.

 

92


Table of Contents

The following table presents impaired loans that are troubled debt restructurings, with the recorded investment as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

     2013      2012  
(Dollars in thousands)    Number of
Contracts
     Recorded
Investment
     Number of
Contracts
     Recorded
Investment
 

Accruing:

           

Commercial real estate:

           

Owner-occupied

     1       $ 200         0       $ 0   

Non-owner occupied

     2         4,268         2         1,981   

Non-owner occupied residential

     0         0         1         204   

Acquisition and development:

           

Commercial and land development

     2         1,071         0         0   

Commercial and industrial

     0         0         1         122   

Residential mortgage:

           

First lien

     1         449         2         749   

Home equity – lines of credit

     0         0         1         36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accruing

     6         5,988         7         3,092   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonaccruing:

           

Commercial real estate:

           

Owner-occupied

     1         71         1         7   

Non-owner occupied

     1         694         0         0   

Non-owner occupied residential

     1         193         4         1,209   

Commercial and industrial

     2         310         0         0   

Residential mortgage:

           

First lien

     1         279         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6         1,547         5         1,216   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12       $ 7,535         12       $ 4,308   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents restructured loans, included in nonaccrual status, that were modified as troubled debt restructurings within the previous 12 months and for which there was a payment default subsequent to the modification for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Number of
Contracts
     Recorded
Investment
 

December 31, 2013

  

Commercial

     1       $ 199   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

     

Commercial real estate:

     

Owner-occupied

     1       $ 7   

Non-owner occupied residential

     4         1,209   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5       $ 1,216   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

     

Commercial real estate:

     

Owner-occupied

     1       $ 54   

Non-owner occupied residential

     6         2,035   

Acquisition and development:

     

Commercial and land development

     2         905   

Residential mortgage-first lien

     1         544   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     10       $ 3,538   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

The following presents the number of loans modified, and their pre-modification and post-modification investment balances for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Number of
Contracts
     Pre-
Modification
Investment
Balance
     Post-
Modification
Investment
Balance
 

December 31, 2013

        

Commercial real estate:

        

Owner-occupied

     4       $ 421       $ 421   

Non-owner occupied

     2         3,457         3,457   

Acquisition and development:

        

Commercial and land development

     2         1,081         1,081   

Commercial

     1         217         199   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     9       $ 5,176       $ 5,158   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

        

Residential mortgage:

        

First lien

     1       $ 300       $ 300   

Home equity – lines of credit

     1         36         36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2       $ 336       $ 336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

        

Commercial real estate:

        

Owner-occupied

     2       $ 978       $ 978   

Non-owner occupied

     3         2,260         2,260   

Non-owner occupied residential

     19         28,951         28,951   

Acquisition and development:

        

Commercial and land development

     5         4,240         4,240   

Commercial

     1         131         131   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     30       $ 36,560       $ 36,560   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The loans presented above were considered troubled debt restructurings as a result of the Company agreeing to below market interest rates for the risk of the transaction, allowing the loan to remain on interest only status, or for residential mortgage loans, a temporary reduction in interest rates for periods not exceeding 12 months in order to assist the borrowers to improve cash flows during such periods. For troubled debt restructurings in default of their modified terms, impairment is determined on a collateral dependent approach. Certain loans modified during a period may no longer be outstanding at the end of the period if the loan was paid off.

No additional commitments have been made to borrowers whose loans are considered troubled debt restructurings.

 

94


Table of Contents

Management further monitors the performance and credit quality of the loan portfolio by analyzing the length of time a portfolio is past due, by aggregating loans based on its delinquencies. The following table presents the classes of loan portfolio summarized by aging categories of performing loans and nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

          Days Past Due                    
  Current     30-59     60-89     90+
(still accruing)
    Total
Past Due
    Non-
Accrual
    Total
Loans
 

December 31, 2013

             

Commercial real estate:

             

Owner-occupied

  $ 106,078      $ 742      $ 108      $ 0      $ 850      $ 4,362      $ 111,290   

Non-owner occupied

    132,913        191        0        0        191        2,849        135,953   

Multi-family

    22,560        0        0        0        0        322        22,882   

Non-owner occupied residential

    50,554        225        0        0        225        4,493        55,272   

Acquisition and development:

             

1-4 family residential construction

    3,338        0        0        0        0        0        3,338   

Commercial and land development

    17,289        45        0        0        45        2,106        19,440   

Commercial and industrial

    31,111        334        0        0        334        2,001        33,446   

Municipal

    60,996        0        0        0        0        0        60,996   

Residential mortgage:

             

First lien

    119,845        1,380        577        0        1,957        2,926        124,728   

Home equity – term

    19,966        56        2        0        58        107        20,131   

Home equity – Lines of credit

    76,982        214        0        0        214        181        77,377   

Installment and other loans

    6,095        77        12        0        89        0        6,184   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 647,727      $ 3,264      $ 699      $ 0      $ 3,963      $ 19,347      $ 671,037   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

             

Commercial real estate:

             

Owner-occupied

  $ 141,833      $ 40      $ 0      $ 0      $ 40      $ 2,417      $ 144,290   

Non-owner occupied

    119,320        129        0        0        129        1,481        120,930   

Multi-family

    21,726        0        0        0        0        19        21,745   

Non-owner occupied residential

    60,890        122        205        0        327        5,164        66,381   

Acquisition and development:

             

1-4 family residential construction

    1,770        0        171        0        171        909        2,850   

Commercial and land development

    26,054        511        1        0        512        3,809        30,375   

Commercial and industrial

    37,348        296        0        0        296        1,696        39,340   

Municipal

    68,018        0        0        0        0        0        68,018   

Residential mortgage:

             

First lien

    104,933        1,565        270        0        1,835        1,833        108,601   

Home equity – term

    14,609        81        0        0        81        57        14,747   

Home equity – Lines of credit

    78,880        0        12        0        12        556        79,448   

Installment and other loans

    6,837        161        14        0        175        2        7,014   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 682,218      $ 2,905      $ 673      $ 0      $ 3,578      $ 17,943      $ 703,739   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level believed adequate by management to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio. The allowance is established and maintained through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Quarterly, management assesses the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses utilizing a defined methodology, which considers specific credit evaluation of impaired loans as discussed above, past loan loss historical experience, and qualitative factors. Management believes the approach properly addresses the requirements of ASC Section 310-10-35 for loans individually identified as impaired, and ASC Subtopic 450-20 for loans collectively evaluated for impairment, and other bank regulatory guidance.

 

95


Table of Contents

In connection with its quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, management continually reviews its methodology to determine if it continues to properly address the risk in the loan portfolio. For each loan class presented above, general allowances are provided for loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, which is based on quantitative factors, principally historical loss trends for the respective loan class, adjusted for qualitative factors. In 2011, historical loss factors were based on an average of charge-offs for the last eight quarters applied to the entire pool of loans, excluding those loans evaluated for impairment under ASC 310-10-35. In addition, an additional adjustment to the historical loss factors is made to account for delinquency and other potential risk not elsewhere defined within the Allowance for Loan and Lease Loss methodology.

In response to the improved risk profile within the loan portfolio at December 31, 2012, the look back period for historical losses was extended to 12 quarters, weighted one-half for the most recent four quarters, and one quarter for each of the two previous four quarter periods in order to appropriately capture the loss history in the loan segment. Again, management considered current economic and real estate conditions, and the trends in historical charge-off percentages that resulted from applying partial charge-offs to impaired loans, and the impact of distressed loan sales during the year. Based on management’s assessment and in compliance with regulatory guidance, the Company began recording partial charge offs on collateral dependent loans in the first quarter of 2012, generally eliminating the need for most specific reserves. Although both methods are acceptable under ASC 310, the revised method is more consistent with regulatory directives and was implemented by the Company resulting in increased charge-offs during 2012.

In addition to the quantitative analysis, adjustments to the reserve requirements are allocated on loans collectively evaluated for impairment based on additional qualitative factors. As of December 31, 2013, and 2012 the qualitative factors used by management to adjust the historical loss percentage to the anticipated loss allocation, which may range from a minus 150 basis points to a positive 150 basis points per factor, include:

Nature and Volume of Loans – Loan growth in the current and subsequent quarters based on the Bank’s targeted growth and strategic plan, coupled with the types of loans booked based on risk management and credit culture, and number of exceptions to loan policy; supervisory loan to value exceptions etc.

Concentrations of Credit and Changes within Credit Concentrations – Factors considered include the Bank’s overall portfolio makeup and managements evaluation related to concentration risk management and the inherent risk associated with the concentrations identified.

Underwriting Standards and Recovery Practices – Factors considered include changes to underwriting standards and perceived impact on anticipated losses, trends in the number of exceptions to loan policy; supervisory loan to value exceptions; and administration of loan recovery practices.

Delinquency Trends – Factors considered include the delinquency percentages noted in the portfolio relative to economic conditions, severity of the delinquencies, and whether the ratios are trending upwards or downwards.

Classified Loans Trends – Factors considered include the internal loan ratings of the portfolio, the severity of the ratings, and whether the loan segment’s ratings show a more favorable or less favorable trend, and underlying market conditions and its impact on the collateral values securing the loans.

Experience, Ability and Depth of Management/Lending staff – Factors considered include the years’ experience of senior and middle management and the lending staff and turnover of the staff, and instances of repeat criticisms of ratings.

Quality of Loan Review – Factors include the years of experience of the loan review staff, in-house versus outsourced provider of review, turnover of staff and the perceived quality of their work in relation to other external information.

 

96


Table of Contents

National and Local Economic Conditions – Ratios and factors considered include trends in the consumer price index (CPI), unemployment rates, housing price index, housing statistics compared to the prior year, bankruptcy rates, regulatory and legal environment risks and competition.

Prior to December 31, 2012, qualitative factors were also utilized in the determination of loans collectively evaluated for impairment, but consisted of only five factors, which are included in the eight factors listed above, with anticipated loss allocations that ranged from 0 – 8 basis points. It was determined that the qualitative adjustments would be expanded to the current range of a minus 150 basis points to a positive 150 basis, as the prior range of 0 – 8 basis points was deemed to be too restrictive and did not adequately address the credit improvement in the remaining loan portfolio.

Activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

 

    Commercial     Consumer              
(Dollars in thousands)   Commercial
Real Estate
    Acquisition
and
Development
    Commercial
and
Industrial
    Municipal     Total     Residential
Mortgage
    Installment
and Other
    Total     Unallocated     Total  

December 31, 2013

                   

Balance, beginning of year

  $ 13,719      $ 3,502      $ 1,635      $ 223      $ 19,079      $ 2,275      $ 85      $ 2,360      $ 1,727      $ 23,166   

Provision for loan losses

    4,109        (6,087     (3,478     21        (5,435     1,845        99        1,944        341        (3,150

Charge-offs

    (4,767     (193     (132     0        (5,092     (491     (144     (635     0        (5,727

Recoveries

    154        3,448        2,839        0        6,441        151        84        235        0        6,676   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

  $ 13,215      $ 670      $ 864      $ 244      $ 14,993      $ 3,780      $ 124      $ 3,904      $ 2,068      $ 20,965   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

                   

Balance, beginning of year

  $ 29,559      $ 9,708      $ 1,085      $ 789      $ 41,141      $ 933      $ 75      $ 1,008      $ 1,566      $ 43,715   

Provision for loan losses

    34,681        9,408        1,879        (566     45,402        2,602        135        2,737        161        48,300   

Charge-offs

    (53,492     (17,721     (1,624     0        (72,837     (1,279     (143     (1,422     0        (74,259

Recoveries

    2,971        2,107        295        0        5,373        19        18        37        0        5,410   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

  $ 13,719      $ 3,502      $ 1,635      $ 223      $ 19,079      $ 2,275      $ 85      $ 2,360      $ 1,727      $ 23,166   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

                   

Balance, beginning of year

  $ 7,875      $ 1,766      $ 3,870      $ 374      $ 13,885      $ 1,864      $ 106      $ 1,970      $ 165      $ 16,020   

Provision for loan losses

    31,407        18,557        7,037        415        57,416        (254     12        (242     1,401        58,575   

Charge-offs

    (9,748     (10,615     (9,827     0        (30,190     (680     (62     (742     0        (30,932

Recoveries

    25        0        5        0        30        3        19        22        0        52   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

  $ 29,559      $ 9,708      $ 1,085      $ 789      $ 41,141      $ 933      $ 75      $ 1,008      $ 1,566      $ 43,715   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the ending loan balance individually evaluated for impairment based upon loan segment, as well as the related allowance for loan loss allocation for each at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

    Commercial     Consumer              
(Dollars in thousands)   Commercial
Real Estate
    Acquisition
and
Development
    Commercial
and
Industrial
    Municipal     Total     Residential
Mortgage
    Installment
and Other
    Total     Unallocated     Total  

December 31, 2013

               

Loans allocated by:

               

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 16,494      $ 3,177      $ 2,001      $ 0      $ 21,672      $ 3,663      $ 0      $ 3,663      $ 0      $ 25,335   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    308,903        19,601        31,445        60,996        420,945        218,573        6,184        224,757        0        645,702   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 325,397      $ 22,778      $ 33,446      $ 60,996      $ 442,617      $ 222,236      $ 6,184      $ 228,420      $ 0      $ 671,037   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses allocated by:

               

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 552      $ 0      $ 0      $ 0      $ 552      $ 61      $ 0      $ 61      $ 0      $ 613   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    12,663        670        864        244        14,441        3,719        124        3,843        2,068        20,352   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 13,215      $ 670      $ 864      $ 244      $ 14,993      $ 3,780      $ 124      $ 3,904      $ 2,068      $ 20,965   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

               

Loans allocated by:

               

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 11,266      $ 4,718      $ 1,818      $ 0      $ 17,802      $ 3,230      $ 2      $ 3,232      $ 0      $ 21,034   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    342,080        28,507        37,522        68,018        476,127        199,566        7,012        206,578        0        682,705   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 353,346      $ 33,225      $ 39,340      $ 68,018      $ 493,929      $ 202,796      $ 7,014      $ 209,810      $ 0      $ 703,739   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses allocated by:

               

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 375      $ 9      $ 928      $ 0      $ 1,312      $ 0      $ 0      $ 0      $ 0      $ 1,312   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    13,344        3,493        707        223        17,767        2,275        85        2,360        1,727        21,854   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 13,719      $ 3,502      $ 1,635      $ 223      $ 19,079      $ 2,275      $ 85      $ 2,360      $ 1,727      $ 23,166   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company sold eight notes with an aggregate carrying balance of $2,576,000 to third parties, which netted the Company $2,439,000 in cash proceeds. The difference between the carrying balances of the notes sold and the cash received, or $137,000, was recorded as a net charge off to the allowance for loan losses.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company sold nearly 240 notes with an aggregate carrying balance of $73,820,000 to third parties, which netted the Company $51,753,000 in cash proceeds. The difference between the carrying balances of the notes sold and the cash received, or $22,067,000, was recorded as a charge to the allowance for loan losses.

 

98


Table of Contents

NOTE 5. LOANS TO RELATED PARTIES

The Company has granted loans to the officers and directors of the Company and its subsidiary and to their associates. Related party loans are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons and do not involve more than normal risk of collectability or other unfavorable features. The aggregate dollar amount of these loans was $549,000 at December 31, 2013, and $716,000 at December 31, 2012. During 2013, $882,000 of new loans were granted and repayments totaled $1,049,000.

NOTE 6. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

A summary of bank premises and equipment at December 31 is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012  

Land

   $ 5,182       $ 5,182   

Buildings and improvements

     23,289         23,032   

Leasehold improvements

     507         370   

Furniture and equipment

     22,247         20,109   

Construction in progress

     259         948   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     51,484         49,641   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     25,043         22,859   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 26,441       $ 26,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense amounted to $2,208,000, $2,004,000, and $2,035,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

The Company leases land and building space associated with certain branch offices, remote automated teller machines, and certain equipment under agreements which expire at various times through 2024. Total rent expense charged to operations in connection with these leases was $307,000, $259,000 and $270,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

The total minimum rental commitments under operating leases with maturities in excess of one year at December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

Due in the Years Ending December 31  
(Dollars in thousands)       

2014

   $ 383   

2015

     318   

2016

     291   

2017

     167   

2018

     124   

Thereafter

     183   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,466   
  

 

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents

NOTE 7. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table shows the components of identifiable intangible assets at December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Gross Amount      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Amount  

December 31, 2013

        

Deposit premiums

   $ 2,348       $ 1,957       $ 391   

Customer list

     581         350         231   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,929       $ 2,307       $ 622   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

        

Deposit premiums

   $ 2,348       $ 1,786       $ 562   

Customer list

     581         311         270   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,929       $ 2,097       $ 832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill represented the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of their net assets at the date of acquisition. As a result of taking a goodwill impairment charge of $19,447,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, the carrying value of goodwill was reduced to zero.

Amortization expense was $210,000, $209,000 and $210,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The estimated aggregate amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)       

2014

   $ 208   

2015

     205   

2016

     94   

2017

     39   

2018

     39   

Thereafter

     37   
  

 

 

 
   $ 622   
  

 

 

 

NOTE 8. INCOME TAXES

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Bank also files an income tax return in the State of Maryland. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state or local income tax examination by tax authorities for years before 2010.

Included in the balance sheet at December 31, 2013 and 2012, are tax positions related to loan charge offs for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than interest and penalties, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect the annual effective tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period.

 

100


Table of Contents

The components of federal income tax expense for the years ended December 31 are summarized as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Current year provision(benefit):

      

Federal

   $ 60      $ (12,383   $ 4,063   

State

     (266     (46     210   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

     1,271        149        (15,136

Valuation allowance on deferred taxes

     (1,271     20,235        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net federal income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (206   $ 7,955      $ (10,863
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the effective applicable income tax rate to the federal statutory rate for the years ended December 31, is as follows:

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Statutory federal tax rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

Increase/(decrease) resulting from:

      

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     (1.8 )%      0.1     (0.1 )% 

Impairment of goodwill

     0.0     0.0     (14.8 )% 

Tax exempt interest income

     (11.9 )%      4.8     4.3

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets

     (13.0 )%      (66.4 )%      0.0

Earnings from life insurance

     (3.4 )%      1.2     0.9

Disallowed interest

     0.3     (0.1 )%      (0.2 )% 

Low-income housing credits

     (2.2 )%      0.0     0.4

Benefit of operating loss carryforward

     (3.8 )%      0.0     0.0

Other

     (1.3 )%      (0.7 )%      (0.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     (2.1 )%      (26.1 )%      25.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes includes $116,000, $1,688,000 and $2,178,000 of applicable income tax expense related to net security gains for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

101


Table of Contents

The components of the net deferred tax asset (liability), included in other assets (liabilities) at December 31, are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   2013     2012  

Deferred tax assets:

   

Allowance for loan losses

  $ 7,776      $ 9,672   

Deferred compensation

    510        477   

Retirement plans and salary continuation

    1,585        1,473   

Stock compensation

    191        184   

Off balance sheet commitment reserves

    204        231   

Nonaccrual loan interest

    341        228   

Net unrealized losses on securities available for sale

    2,592        0   

Goodwill

    184        214   

Low income housing credit carryforward

    1,022        806   

Alternative minimum tax credit carryforward

    664        0   

Charitable contribution carryforward

    333        391   

Net operating loss carryforward

    8,169        8,466   

Other

    178        237   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

    23,749        22,379   

Valuation allowance

    (18,964     (20,235
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
    4,785        2,144   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

   

Depreciation

    1,116        1,232   

Net unrealized gains on securities available for sale

    0        984   

Purchase accounting adjustments

    495        575   

Other

    582        337   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

    2,193        3,128   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

  $ 2,592      $ (984
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has charitable contribution, low-income housing, and net operating loss carryforwards that expire through 2018, 2033, and 2032, respectively.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers taxes paid in prior years, projected future taxable income and available tax planning strategies, and other factors in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income, projections for future taxable income over the periods and other available evidence, management believed it was not more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset would be realized at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Accordingly, a full valuation allowance for the net amount of the deferred tax assets, which represented future deductible temporary differences on our tax returns, was established at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Primary factors contributing to this determination included:

 

    The Company has exhausted all of its carryback availability to 2010 – 2011, as we had recognized current federal income tax receivable which fully offset 2010 and 2011’s taxable income.

 

    As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company was in a three-year cumulative loss position, representing significant negative evidence against the realizability of the deferred tax asset, and we do not expect to be out of a cumulative loss position over the next year.

 

102


Table of Contents
    The entire balance of the deferred tax asset is disallowed for purposes of calculating regulatory capital ratios as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Given the current uncertainty of the economy and in the event economic and real estate conditions decline, additional losses may result in our loan portfolio above those already provided for. As a result, we have placed less weight on our current forecast of earnings until the point where we demonstrate sustainable earnings for the realization of the deferred tax asset.

NOTE 9. RETIREMENT PLANS

The Company maintains a 401(k) profit-sharing plan for those employees who meet the eligibility requirements set forth in the plan. Employer contributions to the plan are based on performance of the Company and are at the discretion of the Bank’s Board of Directors. The plan contains limited match or safe harbor provisions. Substantially all of the Company’s employees are covered by the plan and the contributions charged to operations were $311,000, $315,000 and $319,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

The Company has a deferred compensation arrangement with certain present and former directors, whereby a director or his beneficiaries will receive a monthly retirement benefit at age 65. The arrangement is funded by an amount of life insurance on the participating director calculated to meet the Company’s obligations under the compensation agreement. The cash value of the life insurance policies is an unrestricted asset of the Company. The estimated present value of future benefits to be paid, which is included in other liabilities, amounted to $133,000 and $134,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Total annual expense for this deferred compensation plan was $1,000, $12,000 and $11,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

The Company also has supplemental discretionary deferred compensation plans for directors and executive officers. The plans are funded annually with director fees and salary reductions which are either placed in a trust account invested by the Company’s Orrstown Financial Advisors division or recognized as a liability. The trust account balance was $ 1,325,000 and $1,229,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is included in other assets on the balance sheets, offset by other liabilities in the same amount. Total amounts contributed to these plans were $10,000, $30,200 and $61,000, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

In addition, the Company has three supplemental retirement and salary continuation plans for directors and executive officers. These plans are funded with single premium life insurance on the plan participants. The cash value of the life insurance policies is an unrestricted asset of the Company. The estimated present value of future benefits to be paid totaled $4,527,000 and $4,207,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, which is included in other liabilities. Total annual expense for these plans amounted to $549,000, $566,000 and $563,000, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

The Company has promised a continuation of life insurance coverage to certain persons post-retirement. GAAP requires the recording of post-retirement costs and a liability equal to the present value of the cost of post retirement insurance during the insured employee’s term of service. The estimated present value of future benefits to be paid totaled $566,000 and $524,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 which is included in other liabilities. Total annual expense for this plan amounted to $42,000, $43,000 and $94,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

NOTE 10. SHARE BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

The Company maintains share-based compensation plans, the purpose of which is to provide officers, employees, and non-employee members of the board of directors of the Company and the Bank, with additional incentive to further the success of the Company. In May 2011, the shareholders of the Company approved the 2011 Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. Incentive Stock Plan (the “Plan”). Under the Plan, 381,920 shares of the common stock of the Company were reserved to be issued. As of December 31, 2013, 374,288 shares were available to be issued under the Plan.

 

103


Table of Contents

Incentive awards under the Plan may consist of grants of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock units and performance shares. All employees of the Company and its present or future subsidiaries, and members of the board of directors of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, are eligible to participate in the Plan. The Plan allows for the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors to determine the type of incentive to be awarded, its term, manner of exercise, vesting of awards and restrictions on shares. Generally, awards are nonqualified under the IRS code, unless the awards are deemed to be incentive awards to employees, at the Compensation Committee’s discretion.

In 2011, 2,632 shares of restricted stock were awarded to members of the board of directors with a vesting period of 11 months to coincide with the Company’s 2012 annual meeting. The fair value of the restricted stock awarded was equivalent to the fair value of the shares on the date of grant, or $24.26 per share. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, $23,000, and $41,000 was recognized as expense on the restricted stock award, and as of December 31, 2012, there was no unrecognized compensation expense related to the restricted stock award.

In 2013, 5,000 shares of restricted stock were awarded to members of management with a vesting period of three years. The fair value of the restricted stock awarded was equivalent to the fair value of the shares on the date of grant, or $10.43 per share. For the year ended December 31, 2013, $17,000 was recognized as expense on the restricted stock award. As of December 31, 2013, the unrecognized compensation expense related to the stock award was $35,000.

A roll forward of the Company’s outstanding stock options for the year ended December 31, 2013 is presented below:

 

     Shares     Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

     242,633      $ 30.94   

Forfeited

     (4,100     21.53   

Expired

     (32,470     24.19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options outstanding and exercisable, at year end

     206,063      $ 32.20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The exercise price of each option equals the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and an option’s maximum term is ten years. All options are fully vested upon issuance. Information pertaining to options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

Range of
Exercise Prices

   Number
Outstanding
     Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual
Life (Years)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

$21.14 - $24.99

     47,921         6.19       $ 21.38   

$25.00 - $29.99

     2,792         6.25         25.76   

$30.00 - $34.99

     51,750         3.77         31.23   

$35.00 - $39.99

     70,317         1.84         36.77   

$40.00 - $40.14

     33,283         1.48         40.14   
  

 

 

       

$21.14 - $40.14

     206,063         3.34       $ 32.20   
  

 

 

       

The options outstanding and exercisable had no intrinsic value at December 31, 2013 and 2012 as each exercise price exceeded the market value. The total intrinsic value of options exercised, at the date of exercise, was $257,000 during the year ended December 31, 2011.

The Company also maintains an employee stock purchase plan, in order to provide employees of the Company and its subsidiaries an opportunity to purchase stock of the Company. Under the plan, eligible

 

104


Table of Contents

employees may purchase shares in an amount that does not exceed 10% of their annual salary at the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the semi-annual offering date, or related purchase date. The Company reserved 182,325 shares of its common stock, after making adjustments for stock dividends and a stock split, to be issued under the employee stock purchase plan. As of December 31, 2013, 37,675 shares were available to be issued under the plan. Employees purchased 21,609, 23,062 and 16,781 shares at a weighted average price of $11.52, $7.63 and $13.18 per share in 2013, 2012 and 2011. Compensation expense recognized on the employee stock purchase plan totaled $112,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The Company uses a combination of issuing new shares or treasury shares to meet stock compensation exercises depending on market conditions.

NOTE 11. DEPOSITS

The composition of deposits at December 31 is as follows:

 

     2013      2012  
(Dollars in thousands)              

Non-interest bearing

   $ 116,371       $ 121,090   

Now and money market

     486,440         486,336   

Savings

     79,663         74,182   

Time – less than $100,000

     183,344         219,888   

Time – greater than $100,000

     134,572         183,543   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,000,390       $ 1,085,039   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The scheduled maturities of time deposits for the years ending December 31 are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)       

2014

   $ 219,101   

2015

     63,284   

2016

     20,462   

2017

     4,183   

2018

     2,357   

Thereafter

     8,529   
  

 

 

 
   $ 317,916   
  

 

 

 

Brokered time deposits totaled $53,196,000 and $81,968,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Management continues to evaluate brokered deposits as a funding option, and considers regulatory views on non-core funding sources.

The Company accepts deposits of the officers and directors of the Company and the Bank on the same terms, including interest rates, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons. The aggregate dollar amount of deposits of officers and directors totaled $550,000 and $703,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

NOTE 12. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

The Company has several short-term borrowings available to it, including short-term borrowings from the FHLB, federal funds purchased, and the FRB discount window.

 

105


Table of Contents

Information concerning the use of these short-term borrowings as of and for the years ended December 31, is summarized as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Balance at year end

   $  50,000      $ 0      $ 20,000   

Average balance during the year

     10,540        11,509        2,534   

Average interest rate during the year

     0.31     0.40     0.24

Maximum month-end balance during the year

   $ 50,000      $  20,000      $  20,000   

In addition, the Company has repurchase agreements with certain of its deposit customers. The Company is required to hold U.S. Treasury or Agency securities to be held as underlying securities for Repurchase Agreements. Information concerning securities sold under agreements to repurchase for the years ended December 31 is summarized as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Balance at year end

   $ 9,032      $ 9,650      $ 15,013   

Average balance during the year

     13,772        19,072        60,737   

Average interest rate during the year

     0.20     0.38     0.52

Maximum month-end balance during the year

   $ 19,105      $ 33,752      $ 98,906   

Securities underlying the agreements at year-end:

      

Carrying value

     52,936        72,081        76,006   

Estimated fair value

     52,024        72,717        77,485   

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature within one day from the transaction date.

NOTE 13. LONG-TERM DEBT

At December 31, the Company’s long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

     Amount      Weighted Average rate  
(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2013     2012  

FHLB fixed rate advances maturing:

          

2013

   $ 0       $ 20,000         0.00     0.73

2014

     10,000         10,000         0.87     0.87

2020

     350         350         7.40     7.40
  

 

 

    

 

 

      
     10,350         30,350         1.09     0.85
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

FHLB amortizing advance requiring monthly principal and interest payments, maturing:

          

2014

     963         2,068         4.86     4.86

2025

     4,764         5,052         4.74     4.74
  

 

 

    

 

 

      
     5,727         7,120         4.76     4.77
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total FHLB Advances

   $  16,077       $  37,470         2.40     1.60
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Except for amortizing loans, interest only is paid on a quarterly basis.

 

106


Table of Contents

The aggregate amount of future principal payments required on these borrowings at December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)       

2014

   $ 11,265   

2015

     317   

2016

     332   

2017

     348   

2018

     365   

Thereafter

     3,450   
  

 

 

 
   $  16,077   
  

 

 

 

The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh and, as such, can take advantage of the FHLB program of overnight and term advances. Under terms of a blanket collateral agreement, advances, lines and letters of credit from the FHLB are collateralized by first mortgage loans and securities. Collateral for all outstanding advances, lines and letters of credit consisted of certain securities, 1-4 family mortgage loans and other real estate secured loans totaling $486,220,000 at December 31, 2013. The Bank had additional availability of $262,594,000 at the FHLB on December 31, 2013 based on qualifying collateral.

The Bank has available lines of credit with two correspondent banks totaling $30,000,000, at December 31, 2013. The lines of credit are unsecured and the rate is based on the daily Federal Funds rate. There were no borrowings under these lines of credit at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The Company has $1,680,000 in letters of credit outstanding with the FHLB in favor of third parties utilized for general banking purposes.

NOTE 14. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND REGULATORY CAPITAL

The Company maintains a stockholder dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan. Under the plan, shareholders may purchase additional shares of the Company’s common stock at the prevailing market prices with reinvestment dividends and voluntary cash payments. The Company reserved 1,045,000 shares of its common stock to be issued under the dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 670,000 shares were available to be issued under the plan.

On January 8, 2013, the Company filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC that provides for up to an aggregate of $80,000,000, through the sale of common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, and warrants. To date, the Company has not issued any securities under this shelf registration.

The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Although applicable to the Bank, prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies, including financial holding companies.

Quantitative measures established by regulators to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (as set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital

 

107


Table of Contents

(as defined in regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2013, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category. The Company and the Bank’s actual capital ratios as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are also presented in the table.

 

     Actual     Minimum Capital
Requirement
    Minimum to Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
(Dollars in thousands)    Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

December 31, 2013

               

Total capital to risk weighted assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

   $  104,637         15.0   $ 55,926         8.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     102,806         14.7     55,893         8.0   $ 69,866         10.0

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

     95,741         13.7     27,963         4.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     93,915         13.4     27,947         4.0     41,920         6.0

Tier 1 capital to average assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

     95,741         8.1     47,058         4.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     93,915         8.0     47,077         4.0     58,846         5.0

December 31, 2012

               

Total capital to risk weighted assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

   $ 94,928         12.2   $ 62,438         8.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     92,466         11.9     62,418         8.0   $ 78,023         10.0

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

     84,999         10.9     31,219         4.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     82,540         10.6     31,209         4.0     46,814         6.0

Tier 1 capital to average assets

               

Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.

     84,999         6.8     49,840         4.0     n/a         n/a   

Orrstown Bank

     82,540         6.6     49,873         4.0     62,341         5.0

On March 22, 2012, the Company and the Bank entered into a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank and the Bank entered into a Consent Order with the PDB.

Pursuant to the Written Agreement, the Company and the Bank agreed to, among other things: (i) adopt and implement a plan, acceptable to the Federal Reserve Bank, to strengthen oversight of management and operations; (ii) adopt and implement a plan, acceptable to the Federal Reserve Bank, to reduce the Bank’s interest in criticized and classified assets; (iii) adopt a plan, acceptable to the Federal Reserve Bank, to strengthen the Bank’s credit risk management practices; (iv) adopt and implement a program, acceptable to the Federal Reserve Bank, for the maintenance of an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses; (v) adopt and implement a written plan, acceptable to the Federal Reserve Bank, to maintain sufficient capital on a consolidated basis for the Company and on a stand-alone basis for the Bank; and (vi) revise the Bank’s loan underwriting and credit administration policies. The Bank and the Company also agreed not to declare or pay any dividend without prior approval from the Federal Reserve Bank, and the Company agreed not to incur or increase debt or to redeem any outstanding shares without prior Federal Reserve Bank approval.

 

108


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Consent Order, the Bank agreed to, among other things, subject to review and approval by the PDB, (i) adopt and implement a plan to strengthen oversight of management and operations; (ii) adopt and implement a plan to reduce the Bank’s interest in criticized and classified assets; (iii) adopt and implement a program for the maintenance of an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses; (iv) and adopt and implement a capital plan which includes specific benchmark capital ratios to be met at each quarter end; and (v) adopt a plan to strengthen the Bank’s credit risk management practices. The Bank also agreed not to declare or pay any dividend without prior approval of the PDB.

The Company and the Bank have developed and continues to implement strategies and action plans to meet the requirements of the Written Agreement and the Consent Order. As part of its efforts on complying with the terms of the Written Agreement and the Consent Order, the Bank has filed a capital plan with the Federal Reserve Bank and the PDB.

The Written Agreement will continue until terminated by the Federal Reserve Bank, and the Consent Order will continue until terminated by the PDB.

NOTE 15. RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS, LOANS AND ADVANCES

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid and loans or advances made by the Bank to the Company. Further, regulatory mandates may impose more stringent restrictions on the extent of dividends that may be paid by the Bank to the Company. As the Company is a bank holding company (that has elected status as a financial holding company with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), the Bank may not declare a dividend to the Company if the results of such dividend would drop the Bank below the minimum capital required in order to be classified as “well capitalized.” The Bank has also agreed with its regulators that it will not declare or pay any dividends without prior regulatory approval.

In October 2011, the Company announced it had discontinued its quarterly dividend. Due to the regulatory restrictions included in the Written Agreement and the Consent Order with the respective regulators, the Company is restricted from paying any dividends or repurchasing any stock without prior regulatory approval.

Under current FRB regulations, the Bank is limited to the amounts it may loan to its affiliates, including the Company. Covered transactions, including loans, with a single affiliate, may not exceed 10% of the Bank’s total capital plus its excess allowance for loan losses, and the aggregate of all covered transactions with all affiliates may not exceed 20%, of the Bank’s subsidiary and surplus (as defined by regulation). At December 31, 2013, the maximum amount the Bank has available to loan the Company is approximately $11,500,000.

NOTE 16. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, were as follows:

 

(In thousands, except per share data)    2013      2012     2011  

Net income (loss)

   $ 10,004       $ (38,454   $ (31,964
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

     8,093         8,066        8,017   

Impact of common stock equivalents

     0         0        10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding (diluted)

     8,093         8,066        8,027   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share information:

       

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ 1.24       $ (4.77   $ (3.98

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     1.24         (4.77     (3.98

Stock options of 207,000, 274,000 and 317,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been excluded from diluted earnings per share calculations, as their exercise would have been anti-dilutive, as the exercise price exceeded the average market price or the Company was in a net loss for the period.

 

109


Table of Contents

NOTE 17. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financial needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

 

     Contract or Notional Amount  
(Dollars in thousands)        2013              2012      

Commitments to fund:

     

Revolving, open ended home equity loans

   $  86,253       $  77,674   

1-4 family residential construction loans

     2,657         1,002   

Commercial real estate, construction and land development loans

     2,961         1,021   

Commercial, industrial and other loans

     45,629         60,250   

Standby letters of credit

     6,267         11,551   

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, residential real estate, and income-producing commercial properties.

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. The Company holds collateral supporting those commitments when deemed necessary by management. The current amount of liability, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, for guarantees under standby letters of credit issued was not material.

The Company currently maintains a reserve in other liabilities totaling $529,000 and $583,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 for off-balance sheet credit exposures that currently are not funded, based on historical loss experience of the related loan class. For the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, ($54,000), ($199,000) and $782,000 was charged to other noninterest expense for this exposure.

The Company has sold loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago as part of its Mortgage Partnership Finance Program (“MPF Program”). Under the terms of the MPF Program, there is limited recourse back to the Company for loans that do not perform in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement. Each loan that is sold under the program is “credit enhanced” such that the individual loan’s rating is raised to “AA,” as determined by the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago. The sum of each individual total of loans sold under the MPF Program was $61,862,000 and $115,630,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, with limited recourse back to the Company on these loans of $8,508,000 and $8,420,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Many of the loans sold under the MPF Program have primary mortgage insurance, which reduces the Company’s overall exposure. For the years

 

110


Table of Contents

ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company foreclosed or is in the process of foreclosing on loans sold under the MPF program, with a resulting charge of $20,000, $22,000 and $475,000 to other expenses representing an estimate of the Company’s losses under its recourse exposure.

NOTE 18. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITY

As of January 1, 2011, the Company had two interest rate swap agreements related to fixed rate loans. The Company used these interest rate swaps to reduce interest rate risks and to manage interest income. By entering into these agreements, the Company converted floating rate assets into fixed rate assets. These interest rate swap agreements were considered cash flow hedge derivative instruments that qualified for hedge accounting. A portion of the amount was included in other comprehensive income and was reclassified from other comprehensive income to the appropriate income statement line item as net settlements occurred. During the year ended December 31, 2011 the Company sold its rate swaps and received $911,000 as total proceeds from the sale, and recognized a $791,000 in gains on the sale. These gains are included in the ineffective portion of the following table, once it no longer qualified as a hedge.

The effects of the interest rate swaps on the Company’s income statement for the year ended December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

Derivatives in cash flow hedging

relationships

   

Amount of Gain (Loss)

Reclassified from accumulated

OCI into income

(realized portion)

 
(Dollars in thousands)                  

Interest rate swap – 5 year cash flow

   $ (69   Interest income    $ 228   

Interest rate swap – 4 year cash flow

     (58   Interest income      33   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
   $ (127      $ 261   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)    

Location of Gain or (Loss)

Recognized in Income on Derivative

(Ineffective Portion)

 

Interest rate swap – 5 year cash flow

     Other income    $  698   

Interest rate swap – 4 year cash flow

     Other income      118   
       

 

 

 
        $ 816   
       

 

 

 

NOTE 19. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES

Fair value measurements under GAAP defines fair value, describes a framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements by establishing a three-level hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to valuation techniques that employ unobservable inputs (Level 3). If the inputs used to measure the assets or liabilities fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the classification is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the asset or liability. Classification of assets and liabilities within the hierarchy considers the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability and transparency of the assumptions used to determine fair value.

The three levels are defined as follows: Level 1 – inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. Level 2 – inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active or by model-based techniques in which all significant inputs are observable in the market for the asset or liability, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

 

111


Table of Contents

Level 3 – the valuation methodology is derived from model-based techniques in which at least one significant input is unobservable to the fair value measurement and based on the Company’s own assumptions about market participants’ assumptions.

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured on a recurring basis at estimated fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy:

Securities

Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities would include highly liquid government bonds, mortgage products and exchange traded equities. If quoted market prices are not available, securities are classified within Level 2 and fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flow. Level 2 securities would include U.S. agency securities, mortgage-backed agency securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions and certain corporate, asset backed and other securities. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. All of the Company’s securities are classified as available for sale.

The Company had no fair value liabilities measured on a recurring basis at December 31, 2013 or 2012. A summary of assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012, measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis were as follows:

 

(Dollars in Thousands)    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total Fair
Value
Measurements
 

December 31, 2013

           

Securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Government Agencies

   $  0       $ 25,451       $  0       $ 25,451   

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSE)

     0         13,714         0         13,714   

States and political subdivisions

     0         71,544         0         71,544   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

     0         198,619         0         198,619   

GSE residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

     0         40,532         0         40,532   

GSE commercial CMOs

     0         57,014         0         57,014   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     0         406,874         0         406,874   

Equity securities – financial services

     0         69         0         69   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities

   $ 0       $ 406,943       $ 0       $  406,943   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

           

Securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury

   $ 0       $ 26,010       $ 0       $ 26,010   

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSE)

     0         44,762         0         44,762   

States and political subdivisions

     0         38,909         0         38,909   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

     0         116,854         0         116,854   

GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities

     0         24         0         24   

GSE Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

     0         43,945         0         43,945   

GSE Commercial CMOs

     0         31,397         0         31,397   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     0         301,901         0         301,901   

Equity securities – financial services

     0         69         0         69   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities

   $ 0       $ 301,970       $ 0       $ 301,970   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

112


Table of Contents

Certain financial assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. Adjustments to the fair value of these assets usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure certain financial assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the financial statements:

Impaired Loans

Loans are designated as impaired when, in the judgment of management based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, will not be collected. The measurement of loss associated with impaired loans can be based on either the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral. Fair value is measured based on the value of the collateral securing the loan, less estimated costs to sell. Collateral may be in the form of real estate or business assets including equipment, inventory, and accounts receivable. The value of the real estate collateral is determined utilizing an income or market valuation approach based on an appraisal conducted by an independent, licensed appraiser outside of the Company using observable market data (Level 2). However, if the collateral is a house or building in the process of construction, or if management adjusts the appraisal value, then the fair value is considered Level 3. The value of business equipment is based upon an outside appraisal, if deemed significant, or the net book value on the applicable business’ financial statements if not considered significant using observable market data. Likewise, values for inventory and accounts receivable collateral are based on financial statement balances or aging reports (Level 3). Impaired loans with an allocation to the allowance for loan losses are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Any fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred as provision for loan losses on the consolidated statement of operations. Specific allocations to the allowance for loan losses or partial charge-offs were $3,238,000 and $10,843,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Foreclosed Real Estate

Other real estate property acquired through foreclosure is initially recorded at fair value of the property at the transfer date less estimated selling cost. Subsequently, other real estate owned is carried at the lower of its carrying value or the fair value less estimated selling cost. Fair value is usually determined based upon an independent third-party appraisal of the property or occasionally upon a recent sales offer. Specific charges to value the real estate owned at the lower of cost or fair value on properties held at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $411,000 and $581,000.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The fair value of mortgage servicing rights is estimated to be equal to its carrying value, unless the quarterly valuation model calculates the present value of the estimated net servicing income is less than its carrying value, in which case a lower of cost or fair value charge is taken. As of December 31, 2012, a $644,000 lower of cost or fair value reserve existed on the mortgage servicing right portfolio.

A summary of assets at December 31 measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total Fair Value
Measurements
 

December 31, 2013

           

Impaired loans, net

   $  0       $ 0       $ 6,457       $ 6,457   

Foreclosed real estate

     0         0         558         558   

December 31, 2012

           

Impaired loans, net

   $ 0       $  0       $  10,675       $  10,675   

Foreclosed real estate

     0         0         1,101         1,101   

Mortgage servicing rights

     0         0         2,296         2,296   

 

113


Table of Contents

The following table presents additional qualitative information about assets measured on a nonrecurring basis and for which the Company has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value:

 

     Fair Value
Estimate
    

Valuation Techniques

  

Unobservable Input

  

Range

December 31, 2013

           

Impaired loans

   $ 6,457       Appraisal of collateral    Management adjustments on appraisals for property type and recent activity    0% - 30% discount
         Management adjustments for liquidation expenses    5% - 10% discount

Foreclosed real estate

     558       Appraisal of collateral    Management adjustments on appraisals for property type and recent activity    0% - 30% discount
         Management adjustments for liquidation expenses    5% - 10% discount

December 31, 2012

           

Impaired loans

   $ 10,675       Appraisal of collateral    Management adjustments on appraisals for property type and recent activity    0% - 30% discount
         Management adjustments for liquidation expenses    5% - 10% discount

Foreclosed real estate

     1,101       Appraisal of collateral    Management adjustments on appraisals for property type and recent activity    0% - 30% discount
         Management adjustments for liquidation expenses    5% - 10% discount

Mortgage servicing rights

     2,296       Discounted cash flows    Remaining term    4 years
         Discount rate    10.70%

Fair values of financial instruments

The Company meets the requirements for disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the balance sheet. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instruments. Certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments are excluded from disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

 

114


Table of Contents

In addition to those disclosed above, the following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair values of financial instruments as disclosed herein:

Cash and Due from Banks and Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks

The carrying amounts of cash and due from banks and interest bearing deposits with banks approximate their fair value.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. These loans typically consist of one-to-four family residential loans originated for sale in the secondary market. Fair value is based on the price secondary markets are currently offering for similar loans using observable market data which is not materially different than cost due to the short duration between origination and sale.

Loans Receivable

For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for fixed rate loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered in the market for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.

Restricted Investments in Bank Stocks

These investments are carried at cost. The Company is required to maintain minimum investment balances in these stocks, which are not actively traded and therefore have no readily determinable market value.

Deposit Liabilities

The fair values disclosed for demand deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (that is, their carrying amounts). The carrying amounts of variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts and certificates of deposit approximate their fair values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposits and IRAs are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered in the market to a schedule of aggregated expected maturities on time deposits.

Short-Term Borrowings

The carrying amounts of federal funds purchased, borrowings under Repurchase Agreements, and other short-term borrowings maturing within 90 days approximate their fair values. Fair values of other short-term borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Long-Term Debt

The fair value of the Company’s fixed rate long-term borrowings is estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rate for similar types of borrowing arrangements. The carrying amounts of variable-rate long-term borrowings approximate their fair values at the reporting date.

Accrued Interest

The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate their fair values.

 

115


Table of Contents

Off-Balance-Sheet Instruments

The Company generally does not charge commitment fees. Fees for standby letters of credit and other off-balance-sheet instruments are not significant.

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments were as follows at December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Carrying
Amount
    Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  

December 31, 2013

         

Financial Assets

         

Cash and due from banks

  $ 12,995      $ 12,995      $ 12,995      $ 0      $ 0   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

    24,565        24,565        24,565        0        0   

Restricted investments in bank stock

    9,921        9,921        0        0        9,921   

Securities available for sale

    406,943        406,943        0        406,943        0   

Loans held for sale

    1,936        1,936        0        1,936        0   

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

    650,072        655,122        0        0        655,122   

Accrued interest receivable

    3,400        3,400        0        0        3,400   

Mortgage servicing rights

    2,806        3,090        0        0        3,090   

Financial Liabilities

         

Deposits

  $  1,000,390      $ 1,002,235        0        1,002,235        0   

Short-term borrowings

    59,032        59,032        0        59,032        0   

Long-term debt

    16,077        16,645        0        16,645        0   

Accrued interest payable

    333        333        0        333        0   

Off-balance sheet instruments

    0        0        0        0        0   

December 31, 2012

         

Financial Assets

         

Cash and due from banks

  $ 16,933      $ 16,933      $ 16,933      $ 0      $ 0   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

    133,755        133,755        133,755        0        0   

Restricted investments in bank stock

    9,804        9,804        0        0        9,804   

Securities available for sale

    301,970        301,970        0        301,970        0   

Loans held for sale

    7,862        7,862        0        7,862        0   

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

    680,573        681,414        0        0        681,414   

Accrued interest receivable

    3,188        3,188        0        0        3,188   

Mortgage servicing rights

    2,296        2,296        0        0        2,296   

Financial Liabilities

         

Deposits

  $ 1,085,039      $ 1,089,344        0        1,089,344        0   

Short-term borrowings

    9,650        9,650        0        9,650        0   

Long-term debt

    37,470        38,676        0        38,676        0   

Accrued interest payable

    424        424        0        424        0   

Off-balance sheet instruments

    0        0        0        0        0   

 

116


Table of Contents

NOTE 20. ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following are the condensed balance sheets, statements of income and statements of cash flows for the parent company, as of or for the years ended December 31:

Balance Sheet

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012  

Assets

    

Cash in Orrstown Bank

   $ 1,504      $ 2,257   

Securities available for sale

     69        69   

Investment in Orrstown Bank

     89,601        85,222   

Other assets

     369        188   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 91,543      $ 87,736   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

   $ 104      $ 42   

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Common stock

     422        421   

Additional paid-in capital

     123,105        122,724   

Retained earnings

     (27,255     (37,259

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (4,813     1,828   

Treasury stock

     (20     (20
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     91,439        87,694   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 91,543      $ 87,736   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Statements of Operations

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2011  

Income

        

Dividends from bank subsidiary

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 1,825   

Other interest and dividend income

     5         28         171   

Other income

     46         58         25   

Gains (losses) on sale of securities

     0         (101)         194   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income (loss)

     51         (15)         2,215   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expenses

        

Share based compensation

     129         23         41   

Management fee to Bank

     173         34         0   

Other expenses

     1,241         1,142         730   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses

     1,543         1,199         771   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and equity (loss) in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiary

     (1,492)         (1,214)         1,444   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (477)         (247)         (129)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiary

     (1,015)         (967)         1,573   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed income (loss) of bank subsidiary

     11,019         (37,487)         (33,537)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $  10,004       $  (38,454)       $  (31,964)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

117


Table of Contents

Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2011  

Income (loss) before equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiary

   $  (1,015)       $ (967)       $ 1,573   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available for sale arising during the period, net of tax

     0         41         (69)   

Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses realized in net income (loss), net of tax

     0         66         (126)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     0         107         (195)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) before equity in undistributed income (loss) and other comprehensive income of subsidiary

     (1,015)         (860)         1,378   

Equity in undistributed income (loss) and other comprehensive income of subsidiary

     4,378         (39,855)         (29,165)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 3,363       $  (40,715)       $  (27,787)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Statements of Cash Flows

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 10,004      $ (38,454   $ (31,964

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

(Gains) losses on sale of investment securities

     0        101        (194

Equity in undistributed (income) loss of bank subsidiary

     (11,019     37,487        33,537   

Share based compensation

     129        23        41   

Net change in other liabilities

     62        35        0   

Other, net

     (182     210        243   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (1,006     (598     1,663   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchases of securities available for sale

     0        0        (2,490

Sales of securities available for sale

     0        1,109        13,546   

Maturities of available for sale securities

     0        1,895        5,250   

Investment in bank subsidiary

     0        (4,000     (12,500
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     0        (996     3,806   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Dividends paid

     0        0        (5,521

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     253        189        987   

Payments to repurchase common stock

     0        0        (54

Net proceeds from issuance of treasury stock

     0        0        47   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     253        189        (4,541
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     (753     (1,405     928   

Cash, beginning balance

     2,257        3,662        2,734   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, ending balance

   $ 1,504      $ 2,257      $ 3,662   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

118


Table of Contents

NOTE 21 – CONTINGENCIES

The nature of the Company’s business generates a certain amount of litigation involving matters arising out of the ordinary course of business. Except as described below, in the opinion of management, there are no legal proceedings that might have a material effect on the results of operations, liquidity, or the financial position of the Company at this time.

On May 25, 2012, Southeastern Pennsylvania Transportation Authority (“SEPTA”) filed a putative class action complaint in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Pennsylvania against the Company, the Bank and certain current and former directors and executive officers (collectively, the “Defendants”). The complaint alleges, among other things, that (i) in connection with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 dated February 23, 2010 and its Prospectus Supplement dated March 23, 2010, and (ii) during the purported class period of March 24, 2010 through October 27, 2011, the Company issued materially false and misleading statements regarding the Company’s lending practices and financial results, including misleading statements concerning the stringent nature of the Bank’s credit practices and underwriting standards, the quality of its loan portfolio, and the intended use of the proceeds from the Company’s March 2010 public offering of common stock. The complaint asserts claims under Sections 11, 12(a) and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and seeks class certification, unspecified money damages, interest, costs, fees and equitable or injunctive relief. Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (“PSLRA”), motions for appointment of Lead Plaintiff in this case were due by July 24, 2012. SEPTA was the sole movant and the Court appointed SEPTA Lead Plaintiff on August 20, 2012.

Pursuant to the PSLRA and the Court’s September 27, 2012 Order, SEPTA was given until October 26, 2012 to file an amended complaint and the Defendants until December 7, 2012 to file a motion to dismiss the amended complaint. SEPTA’s opposition to the Defendant’s motion to dismiss was originally due January 11, 2013. Under the PSLRA, discovery and all other proceedings in the case are stayed pending the Court’s ruling on the motion to dismiss. The September 27, 2012 Order specified that if the motion to dismiss were denied, the Court would schedule a conference to address discovery and the filing of a motion for class certification. On October 26, 2012, SEPTA filed an unopposed motion for enlargement of time to file its amended complaint in order to permit the parties and new defendants to be named in the amended complaint time to discuss plaintiff’s claims and defendants’ defenses. On October 26, 2012, the Court granted SEPTA’s motion, mooting its September 27, 2012 scheduling Order, and requiring SEPTA to file its amended complaint on or before January 16, 2013 or otherwise advise the Court of circumstances that require a further enlargement of time. On January 14, 2013, the Court granted SEPTA’s second unopposed motion for enlargement of time to file an amended complaint on or before March 22, 2013.

On March 4, 2013, SEPTA filed an amended complaint. The amended complaint expands the list of defendants in the action to include the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and the underwriters of the Company’s March 2010 public offering of common stock. In addition, among other things, the amended complaint extends the purported 1934 Exchange Act class period from March 15, 2010 through April 5, 2012.

Pursuant to the Court’s March 28, 2013 Second Scheduling Order, on May 28, 2013 all defendants filed their motions to dismiss the amended complaint, and on July 22, 2013 SEPTA filed its “omnibus” opposition to all of the defendants’ motions to dismiss. On August 23, 2013, all defendants filed reply briefs in further support of their motions to dismiss. On December 5, 2013, the Court ordered oral argument on the Orrstown Defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint to be heard on February 7, 2014. On January 16, 2014, by unopposed motion of the auditor defendants, the Court rescheduled oral argument on all defendants’ motions to dismiss for March 27, 2014.

The Second Scheduling Order stays all discovery in the case pending the outcome of the motions to dismiss, and informs the parties that, if required, a telephonic conference to address discovery and the filing of SEPTA’s motion for class certification will be scheduled after the Court’s ruling on the motions to dismiss.

 

119


Table of Contents

The matter is currently progressing through the legal process. The Orrstown Defendants believe that the allegations in the amended complaint are without merit and intend to defend themselves vigorously against those claims.

ITEM 9 – CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A – CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2013. Based on such evaluation, such officers have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were designed and functioning effectively, as of December 31, 2013, to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

(a) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting for December 31, 2013, is included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference into this Item 9A. The audit report of the registered public accounting firm on internal control over financial reporting is included in Item 8 of this 10-K report and is incorporated by reference into this Item 9A.

(b) Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting:

During the three months ended December 31, 2013, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B – OTHER INFORMATION

The Company had no other events that should have been disclosed on Form 8-K that were not already disclosed on such forms.

 

120


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10 – DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to all senior financial officers (including its chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, and any person performing similar functions). The Company’s Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers is available on the Bank’s website at http://www.orrstown.com. Any amendments or waivers to the Company’s Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers will be posted to the website in a timely manner.

All other information required by Item 10, is incorporated, by reference, from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, under Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance and Proposal 1 – Election of Directors – Biographical Summaries of Nominees and Directors; Information About Executive Officers; and Proposal 1 – Election of Directors – Nomination of Directors, and Board Structure, Committees and Meeting Attendance.

ITEM 11 – EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by Item 11 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, under Proposal 1 – Election of Directors – Compensation of Directors, Compensation Discussion and Analysis, Compensation Committee Report, Executive Compensation Tables, Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control and Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.

ITEM 12 – SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan Category   

Number of securities to be

issued upon exercise of

outstanding options,

warrants and rights

    

Weighted-
average exercise

price of outstanding

options, warrants and

rights

    

Number of securities

remaining available for

future issuance under

equity compensation

plans (excluding

securities reflected in
column (a))

 
     (a)      (b)      (c)  

Equity compensation plan approved by security holders

     184,861       $ 32.34         411,297   

Equity compensation plan not approved by security holders (1)

     21,202         30.97         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     206,063       $ 32.20         411,297   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Awards from the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan of 2000. Certain options granted remain outstanding from this plan, however no additional options will be granted under this plan.

All other information required by Item 12 is incorporated, by reference, from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, under Share Ownership of Management.

ITEM 13 – CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by Item 13 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, under Proposal 1 – Election of Directors – Director Independence, and Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons.

 

121


Table of Contents

ITEM 14 – PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by Item 14 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, under Proposal 4 – Ratification of the Audit Committee’s Selection of Smith Elliott Kearns & Company, LLC, as the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for 2014 – Relationship with Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

122


Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15 – EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

(1) – Financial Statements

Consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiary required in response to this Item are incorporated by reference from Item 8 of this report.

(2) – Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

(3) – Exhibits

 

  3.1   Articles of Incorporation as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed on January 29, 2010.
  3.2   By-laws as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed March 1, 2013.
  4.1   Specimen Common Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed February 8, 2010 (File No. 333-164780).
10.1(a)   Form of Change in Control Agreement for selected officers – incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed May 14, 2008.
10.1(b)   Change in Control Agreement between Orrstown Financial Services, Inc., Orrstown Bank and Thomas R. Quinn, Jr. incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(b) of the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 12, 2009.
10.2(a)   Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement between Orrstown Bank and Kenneth R. Shoemaker, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 (a) of the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.2(b)   Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement between Orrstown Bank and Phillip E. Fague, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 (b) of the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.2(c)   Salary Continuation Agreement between Orrstown Bank and Thomas R. Quinn, Jr. – incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed January 8, 2010.
10.3   Officer group term replacement plan for selected officers – incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 filed March 26, 2000
10.4(a)   Director Retirement Agreement, as amended, between Orrstown Bank and Anthony F. Ceddia, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(a) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.4(b)   Director Retirement Agreement, as amended, between Orrstown Bank and Jeffrey W. Coy, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(b) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.4(c)   Director Retirement Agreement, as amended, between Orrstown Bank and Andrea Pugh, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(c) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.4(d)   Director Retirement Agreement, as amended, between Orrstown Bank and Gregory A. Rosenberry, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(d) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.

 

123


Table of Contents
10.4(e)   Director Retirement Agreement, as amended, between Orrstown Bank and Kenneth R. Shoemaker, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(e) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.4(f)   Director Retirement Agreement, as amended, between Orrstown Bank and Glenn W. Snoke, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(f) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.4(g)   Director Retirement Agreement, as amended, between Orrstown Bank and John S. Ward, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(g) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.4(h)   Director Retirement Agreement, as amended, between Orrstown Bank and Joel R. Zullinger, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(h) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.5   Revenue neutral retirement plan – incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 filed March 28, 2000.
10.6   Non-employee director stock option plan of 2000 – incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed March 31, 2000.
10.7   Employee stock option plan of 2000 – incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed March 31, 2000.
10.8   2011 Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan – incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed June 6, 2011.
10.9   Executive Employment Agreement between Orrstown Financial Services, Inc., Orrstown Bank and Thomas R. Quinn, Jr. incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed August 26, 2011.
10.10   Brick Plan – Deferred Income Agreement between Orrstown Bank and Joel R. Zullinger, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.11   Form of Executive Employment Agreement for selected officers – incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed January 22, 2010.
10.12(a)   Director/Executive Officer Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13(a) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.12(b)   Trust Agreement for Director/Executive Officer Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13(b) to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2010.
10.13   Agreement by and between Orrstown Financial Services, Inc., Orrstown Bank and the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia dated March 22, 2012, incorporate by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed March 22, 2012.
10.14   Consent Order by and between Orrstown Bank and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Banking, Bureau of Commercial Institutions, dated March 22, 2012, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed March 22, 2012.
14   Code of Ethics Policy for Senior Financial Officers posted on Registrant’s website.
21   Subsidiaries of the registrant
23.1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1   Rule 13a – 14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification (Chief Executive Officer)
31.2   Rule 13a – 14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications (Chief Financial Officer)
32.1   Section 1350 Certifications (Chief Executive Officer)
32.2   Section 1350 Certifications (Chief Financial Officer)

 

124


Table of Contents
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

All other exhibits for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

 

(b) Exhibits – The exhibits to this Form 10-K begin after the signature page.
(c) Financial statement schedules – None required.

 

125


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

   

ORRSTOWN FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

(Registrant)

Dated: March 14, 2014     By:   /s/ Thomas R. Quinn, Jr.
      Thomas R. Quinn, Jr., President and
      Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature    Title   Date

/s/ Thomas R. Quinn, Jr.

Thomas R. Quinn, Jr.

   President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director   March 14, 2014

/s/ David P. Boyle

David P. Boyle

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)   March 14, 2014

/s/ Douglas P. Barton

Douglas P. Barton

   Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)   March 14, 2014

/s/ Joel R. Zullinger

Joel R. Zullinger

   Chairman of the Board and Director   March 14, 2014

/s/ Jeffrey W. Coy

Jeffrey W. Coy

   Vice Chairman of the Board and Director   March 14, 2014

/s/ Dr. Anthony F. Ceddia

Dr. Anthony F. Ceddia

   Secretary of the Board and Director   March 14, 2014

/s/ Mark K. Keller

Mark K. Keller

   Director   March 14, 2014

/s/ Andrea Pugh

Andrea Pugh

   Director   March 14, 2014

/s/ Gregory A. Rosenberry

Gregory A. Rosenberry

   Director   March 14, 2014

/s/ Eric A. Segal

Eric A. Segal

   Director   March 14, 2014

/s/ Glenn W. Snoke

Glenn W. Snoke

   Director   March 14, 2014

/s/ Floyd E. Stoner

Floyd E. Stoner

   Director   March 14, 2014

 

126